Sunteți pe pagina 1din 1554

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS

TOP 10 SOLUTIONS
February 2013
This document contains information that was exported directly from Konica Minolta's SSD
Support knowledge base. Some solutions may contain hyperlink references which originally
contained links to graphic or text files. If you wish to view these files, you must access the
solutions via SSD CS Expert Support on Konica Minolta's website, www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us.

Legal Notice
This document is designed as a diagnostic tool, primarily for Konica Minolta's
support personnel, and authorized service representatives. Konica Minolta
recommends that all service be performed by an authorized service
representative. Users are responsible for seeking advice of a Konica Minolta
authorized service representative regarding the information, opinion, advice
or content of this document.
USER AGREES THAT USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AT USER'S SOLE RISK
AND THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OTHER
THAN THOSE WARRANTIES THAT ARE IMPLIED BY LAW AND INCAPABLE
OF EXCLUSION. IN NO EVENT WILL KONICA MINOLTA OR THOSE ACTING
ON ITS BEHALF BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL
OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

1015
Solution ID

TAUS0601120EN*

Solution Usage

88

Description
F54.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A fan irregularity signal, excessive current draw due to binding. Examine M4 for obstructions which may bind the fan. Check the M4 fan lock signal (main
CB, CN26-4) in the 47 mode, input code 42. The voltage should be between 0.1 to 0.2V DC. If 5V DC is present, either the fan is binding or the fan is
defective. Replace M4 (p/n 25HA80512).
Note: If the fan lock signal is normal, install the version 17.0 EPROM (p/n 101517-17.0) to prevent false F54 errors as outlined in 1015/1212 Technical
Bulletin #15 .
2. IC7 on the main CB has shorted due to a failed total counter. IC7 shares the 24V DC control signal line with the exposure lamp, separation solenoid
(SD1), registration solenoid (SD2), total counter, key counter, and cooling fan (M4). All loads except the total counter operate in diagnostics.
Replace the total counter (p/n 466088201) and the main CB (p/n 25HE-7312).
3. A poor connection between the cooling fan (M4) and the main CB. Reseat CN73 at M4 (cooling fan) and CN26 on the main CB.
Solution ID

TAUS0606679EN*

Solution Usage

75

Description
Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Possible toner contamination. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high
temperature and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade
will also have to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for
information on toner filming.
2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and
replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure.
3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface
breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511)
as needed.
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 .
Solution ID

TAUS0601141EN*

Solution Usage

58

Description
How to install a key counter.
Solution
The key counter is mounted in a separate box attached to the rear cover of the machine. For detailed installation instruction, see 1015 Technical Bulletin #3 .
Solution ID

TAUS0601285EN*

Solution Usage

53

Description
P81 after replacing the main CB.
Solution
CAUSE: Control boards for the 1015 have been changed to make the installation of a key counter easier as outlined in 1015 Technical Bulletin #17 . The
jumper JP1 has been eliminated; relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) must be on all machines that do not have a key counter installed. If the new style board is
installed without the relay wiring, a P81 will be displayed. The new style main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) was installed on machines beginning with s/n 25HE11181.
SOLUTION: Install the relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) if the main CB is not outfitted for a key counter.
Details of key counter installation per 1015 Technical Bulletin #3.
Solution ID

TAUS0601267EN*

Solution Usage

50

Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB.
Install EPROM p/n 101517-16.0 for the machine to correctly display F26 when the following cases occur:
2. Toner was added prior to adding developer and performing the TDS adjustment. Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner
does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1015
Run 47 mode, output code 51 until the code does not reoccur (may take 5 to 10 attempts) OR open the developer unit and clean the excess toner from the
area of the TDS sensor. Then tilt the developer unit to allow fresh developer into this area.
3. Poor connection at CN95. The toner density sensor (TDS) is abnormal (0.2 V DC or lower). Reconnect CN95 (located under the front of the developer
unit).
4. TDS failure. If version 16.0 is installed, P27 is displayed when the TDS is disconnected or fails. Check for proper connection prior to replacing the TDS.
See EPROM history hyperlink.
Solution ID

TAUS0603292EN*

Solution Usage

50

Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Developer is overtoned or undertoned. Depleting the amount of toner in the developer (sky shots) or adding toner to the developer (47 mode, output code
01) resolves the problem.
2. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A .
Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor.
3. A loose pin to CN95 on the developer unit. This connector is for the TDS sensor. Reseat all pins (4) to CN95 on the developer unit.
4. Incorrect TDS reading. Perform memory reset then run the TDS adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) until the code disappears (may take 5-6 attempts).

5. Component failure. Check the TDS sensor, M5 (toner supply motor).


6. Loose pins on the NOVRAM, IC28. Reform the NOVRAM pins and reinstall the IC on the main CB.
Solution ID

TAUS0601130EN*

Solution Usage

49

Description
F28.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. High voltage arcing.
a. Reset F28 using the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P45 to 0.
b. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks. Note: If the HV is turned ON with the T/S corona removed, F28 will occur.
c. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding).
d. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block - replace if needed.
e. The transfer guide plate p/n 25HA-4561 is bent and too close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm above the inside bottom
of the corona shell.
2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Set all currents to specification per 1015 Technical Bulletin #2.
3. Multiple devices on the same AC source.
4. Debris in the transfer corona shorts the corona wire to the transfer discharge plate (shell).
Thoroughly clean the T/S corona.
5. No output from the high voltage unit due to an internal short.
To verify HV unit failure, perform the following::
a. Remove the drum carriage and the T/S corona unit.
b. Run the copier in the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys); enter code 01, then press START PRINT.
c. If the failure code reoccurs, inspect the high tension leads for insulation failure and replace if necessary. The high voltage unit (p/n 25HA84014) may
also need replacing.
d. If the problem does not occur, inspect the T/S corona unit, main charge unit and the drum carriage grounding. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
6. Arcing at the bias contact spring can cause an F28.
Solution ID

TAUS0604090EN*

Solution Usage

41

Description
Developer spew.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the developing unit is not completely emptied during a PM, the residual developer will compact and cause wear to the developer shaft and shaft holder.
To prevent damage install the improved shaft holder (G-seal, p/n 26AA-3060).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1015
Note: The replacement of the shaft holder and felt seal (p/n 26AA30060) is only effective on machines where the developer shaft has NOT been worn. If the
shaft is worn, the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001) must be replaced.
2. Developer sleeve fatique. To verify, remove the developer unit and spin the developing unit magnetic roller by hand 10 to 20 times. If developer falls from
the sleeve, replace the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001). Verify that developer bias and corona currents are set to specification.
Solution ID

TAUS0601129EN*

Solution Usage

36

Description
High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication.
Solution
CAUSE: No add toner indication is due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive
rotations during a copy run.
SOLUTION: Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to check the ADD toner indication. Add toner to the machine after confirming operation.
Note: For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 101517-15.2).
Caution: With version 15.2 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications.
Solution ID

TAUS0602478EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the
new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g.
Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20
2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil.
3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly.
4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate
the assembly.
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1018/1518L
Solution ID

TAUS0627042EN*

Solution Usage

49

Description
How to set up SMB (PC) Scanning.
Solution
When setting up SMB (PC) Scanning on the 7145, three pieces of information must be obtained:
1. Host Name: This will be the network name of the workstation you wish to scan to. Right click My Computer, select Properties, User Profiles and note the
Workgroup Name of the computer. Use only the name of the computer, do not include the domain name. Name has to be 13 characters or less.
2. Folder: This is set up on the workstation and must be shared with all attributes selected.
3. User Name and Password: This is what the customer uses to log their PC onto the network.( if you do not Results= ED09C7)
Note: When setting up the Folder Name on the 7145, it must be designated with /. For example, if the shared folder on the workstation is Sample, it will be
input on the 7145 as /Sample.
Solution ID

TAUS0615407EN*

Solution Usage

39

Description
How to update the firmware on a 7415 (fax option installed) via the serial port.
Solution
To upgrade the fax kit firmware via the serial port, perform the following:
1. Obtain the fax firmware upgrade files.
a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com).
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SECURED.
c. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
d. Click on TECHNICAL.
e. Click on [Download EPROMS].
f. Click on [EPROMS For Plain Paper Fax].
g. Click on [List Files].
h. Select the desired version of 7415 firmware and download to folder.
i. When the file is extracted, note where the file is created.
2. Connect a D sub 9-pin straight serial cable between the PC and the RS-232C port on the fax kit.
3. Set the 7415 to firmware upgrade mode by pressing the START and STOP keys at the same time while powering the 7415 ON. *WAIT PROGRAM* will
display.
4. Down load the data by using the DOS prompt.
a. Set your COM port to proper settings (for COM1 use C:\ mode com1:19,n,8,1).
b. Ensure you are in the directory that the firmware file was downloaded to.
During the download process see below:
Status for device COM1:
--------------------------------------------Baud:
19200
Parity:
None
Data Bits:
8
Stop Bits:
1
ect ect.
then you would enter:
copy command:
(c. Use the file copy command (C:\ copy /b XXXXa.bin..bin com1). copy/b 151VXXXa.bin com1
Solution ID

TAUS0606356EN*

Solution Usage

21

Description
Can the 7033 be used as a scanner?
Solution
A scanning option is available. The following is the minimum configuration for the scanning feature to function:
1. IP411 (PCUA 950401) installed.
2. HD104 (PCUA 950421) installed.
3. System software version 4.1.13.
Note: To identify the system software version, print a system configuration page. If any other version earlier than 4.1.13 is identified, scanning is not
available. Upgrading system software is not yet possible in the field. Contact the NSSG Hotline and request the procedure to upgrade the system software
on the HD104.
4. The 7033/7040 MUST be at minimum firmware level 42 (system) and level 25 (image). Firmware can be downloaded from the Konica [[FTP site | URL
ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]].
Note: A finisher is not required for printing or scanning with the IP411.
5. The KN302 network interface card (PCUA 950400) must be installed.
6. The controller must have a minimum of 32MB of RAM (controller is shipped with 32MB installed).
7. Scanned documents can be retrieved via Scantrip which is available on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]]. This
utility allows downloading of files from the hard drive to the workstation. An FTP client (i.e. [[SmartFTP*| URL http://www.smartftp.com/download/]] or [[FTP
Surfer*| URL http://www.whispertech.com/surfer/download.htm]].) or Microsoft* Internet Explorer minimum version 5x is required to allow viewing of the
scanned documents.
Note: Document handling procedures or recommendations are not the responsibility of Konica Business Technologies USA, Inc.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1018/1518L
Solution ID

TAUS0626064EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
Memory specifications, 7255.
Solution
The standard memory of the main body E-RDH is 64MB. There is one additional slot for memory which can be expanded to a maximum of 576MB.
Additional memory is installed on the image CB located at the rear of the unit.
Notes:
1. Available Konica memory:
ITEM #
ITEM
DIMM
950631
MU-401
64MB
950632
MU-402
128MB
950588
MU-303
256MB
960334
MU-304
512MB
2. Other 256MB memory DIMM that can be used are as follows:
The recommended 256MB DIMM is as follows:
a. Century Microelectronics, Inc.* (PC133/256MB/NON ECC), DTV6E8-CL3 (Hitachi)* [[http://www.century-micro.com| URL http://www.century-micro.com]]
b. Melco Inc.* PC133/256MB/NON ECC, VS133-256M (Toshiba)* [[http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html| URL
http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html]]
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 256MB (64bitx32M composition)/[16Mword x 8bit) synchronous DRAM x 16 + serial EPROM]/Clock frequency : (CL=2) 80 MHz and more/168-pin DIMM
(a gold terminal).
2. Banks on each SDRAM Device (BA1, BA0) : 4 Banks
3. Row Addresses
:RA0-RA11
4. Column Addresses :CA0-CA9
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0612301EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
F26 at power up or following TDS adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect adjustment was performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer; or a failed PCL.
Replace the developer and perform the steps outlined below before performing the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51).
Check TDS ang (analog) signal at the main board CN3-A5 to GND while running 47 mode, code 40.
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned
4.0 or more = bad developer - replace the developer
TDS sensor (p/n 083088110).
Verify PCL operation:
Enter the 47 mode output code 51 for 15 seconds. THEN TURN THE MACHINE OFF.
Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector, and 47
mode output code 24.
2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 2020 Technical Bulletin #32.
Solution ID

TAUS0602573EN*

Solution Usage

11

Description
Light copies, blotchy, poor density.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER.
Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board:
TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC.
TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC.
2. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
3. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C.
4. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer.
Use 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main board at CN3-A5 to GND.
0.5V DC to 1.5V DC = overtoned
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1018/1518L
1.5V DC - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer
2.0V DC to 4.0V DC = undertoned
4.0V DC or more = bad developer - replace the developer
5. No add toner indication due to short copy runs.
6. The corona currents are not set to specification.
7. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents.
Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
separation 290 20A AC
Procedure outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
8. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies).
Replace the PCL with the new style (LED) lamp p/n 029487061. See 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
9. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
10. Damp paper can cause poor density.
Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrence of damp paper.
11. The toner motor is not meshing with the toner addition drive.
Adjust the toner motor position.
12. Dirty toner supply shaft assembly (p/n 5080-1560) and thrust spring (p/n 392015670). The spring is stuck in the depressed position and will not allow the
shaft to engage with toner hopper auger.
Clean shaft and spring.
Solution ID

TAUS0602815EN*

Solution Usage

11

Description
F35 at power up.
Solution
To reset: set 25 mode, P47 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510.
2. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in
F35.
Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150.
3. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010).
4. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41.
5. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.3) Replace IC6 with p/n 101816-13.3 or the latest production level.
Solution ID

TAUS0601564EN*

Solution Usage

10

Description
Excessive toner consumption, toner spill under the drum carriage.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. To alleviate this problem, it is critical to implement all the steps outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C. .
2. New PCL, new drum, currents set to specification.
CEL failure. To verify the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the entire copy is black, the
CEL is not operating.
Replace the CEL p/n 0830-7300 if necessary.
3. NOVRAM failure, memory scrambled. Replace NOVRAM (p/n
Solution ID

TAUS0602487EN*

Solution Usage

10

Description
Drum damage, developer spew, banding from lead-to-trail.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1018/1518L
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller is then too close to the drum,
causing damage to the drum surface.
Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover,
PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing.
2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
Verify PCL operation:
a. Run the 47 mode, output code 51, for 15 seconds. THEN POWER THE MACHINE OFF.
b. Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector and
47 mode, output code 24.
3. The main agitator shaft is worn, allowing developer to leak from the sides of the unit.
Install the main agitator kit per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #27A (p/n SE95-2940).
4. Drum shaft knob loose.
Secure the drum knob.
Solution ID

TAUS0605800EN*

Solution Usage

10

Description
The toner cartridge can not be fully inserted.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A 2020 toner supply cover has been installed on a model 1018.
If the drum carriage is exchanged between models, the toner supply cover should be changed or a modified toner supply cover (p/n 0831-3210) should be
installed. A 1018 cover is labeled 0832 and will not allow the toner cartridge to be fully inserted. The 2020 cover is labeled 0831 and does allow proper
installation of the 2020 toner cartridge.
2. The toner cartridge shape has been changed. The green plastic cover for waste toner extends about 1-inch farther than before. The modified toner
cartridge does fit in the copier, but toner build-up at the rear of the developing unit may inhibit full cartridge insertion.
Verify the locking ears on the toner cartridge are flush with the drum carriage. If not, vacuum the rear area of the toner hopper to remove built up toner.
3. The incorrect toner cartridge is inserted.
Check the rear of the toner cartridge to ensure that it is designated for the 1018. The plastic center should be the color blue.
Note: Refer to the 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #44 .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1020/1520/2020
Solution ID

TAUS0600030EN*

Solution Usage

134

Description
Drum damage.
Solution
CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit are damaged (smaller in diameter) due to developer leakage. This causes the magnetic roller to get
too close to the drum, resulting in damage to the drum surface.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover,
PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing.
Solution ID

TAUS0600043EN*

Solution Usage

118

Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer F26 can occur.
Determine the cause of F26 by checking the TDS analog signal at the main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the 47 mode, output code 40. The voltages
below indicate the condition of the developer:
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned
Detone by running black copies.
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor
Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
Check the level of developer in the developer unit.
Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 083088110).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned
Retone using the 47 mode, code 01.
4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned
Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating.
Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
Note: When F26 occurs, the machine will allow a reattempt of the TDS adjustment only. All other functions will be inoperable unless the memory is
reinitiallized (47 mode, output code 92).
2. Erroneous data in memory. The copier experienced a power problem which caused the memory data to be scrambled. Perform memory reinitialization
using the 47 mode, output code 92.
Note: L-detect data; drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values.
3. Memory IC failure. The memory chip (IC8) on the main CB will not hold settings after performing memory initialization (47 mode, output code 92).
Replace the memory chip.
Solution ID

TAUS0611708EN*

Solution Usage

107

Description
Excessive toner consumption, toner spilled under the drum carriage.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. To alleviate this toner consumption problems, it is critical to implement the procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
2. PCL failure. Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
3. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
separation 290 20A AC
The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
4. CEL failure. To verify the operation of the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the
entire copy is black, the CEL is not operating. Replace the CEL (p/n 0830-7300).
Solution ID

TAUS0600023EN*

Solution Usage

65

Description
Light copies, blotchy, poor density.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

1020/1520/2020
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is empty. However, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER.
Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board:
TLD coated with toner 6.7V DC.
TLD not coated 4.1V DC.
2. A failed TLD (toner level detecting sensor). If no voltage is read after performing step 1, replace the TLD (p/n 113687090).
3. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C .
4. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in Technical Bulletin #16C.
5. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer. Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the analog signal at the
main board at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned
Detone by running black copies.
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor
Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
Check the level of developer in the developer unit.
Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 083088110).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned
Retone using the 47 mode, code 01.
4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned
Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating.
6. The developer unit auxiliary agitator gear is damaged or binding. Replace the gear (p/n 029420210).
7. No add toner indication is occurring due to short copy runs.
8. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification.
charge
-600 10A DC
transfer
-400 50A DC
separation 290 20A AC
The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 .
9. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies).
Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
10. Multiple high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
11. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrance of damp paper.
12. Incorrect toner was added. Purge the toning/developing system and replace the toner and developer with model 2020 supplies. Perform the L-detect
and any necessary copy quality adjustments.
13. The developer agitator gears not turning. Agitation system is binding. Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
14. A defective wiring harness between the main CB and the operation board. Replace the operation board assembly which includes the wiring harness from
the operation board to the main CB (p/n 5522-7002).
Solution ID

TAUS0611823EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. ADD TONER is not indicated due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive
rotations during a copy run after the TLD has detected the absence of toner.
Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to verify the ADD TONER indication.
Note: Operation panel lamps can be checked using the 47 mode, code 48:
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys while turning the copier on to enter the diagnostic mode..
2. Release the 4 and 7 keys.
3. Press the 4 key and then the 8 key.
4. Press the Copy key. All panel lamps should come on.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

10

1020/1520/2020
5. Turn the machine off then on to exit the diagnostic mode.
Add toner to the machine after confirming operation.
For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 202016-13.4).
Caution: With version 13.4 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications.
2. The latest EPROM version was installed, but the copier memory was not reinitialized. Reinitialize memory (47 mode, code 92).
Solution ID

TAUS0654979EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
F24 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open PCL lamp or loose CN64 on the drum carriage assembly. Reseat CN64 and replace the PCL lamp with the new style LED lamp (p/n 029487061) as
outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 .
TO VERIFY THE PCL:
1. Remove the PCL from the drum carriage
2. Plug it into the bypass tray solenoid connector.
3. Activate the lamp using 4/7 mode, code 24.
If any segments do not light, replace the lamp with the new style assembly.
2. If the drum carriage becomes dislodged while copying the PCL circuit will open. Reinsert the drum carriage and install locking bracket (p/n 5520-1041).
Solution ID

TAUS0612250EN*

Solution Usage

37

Description
F23 power up, (M5) toner motor failure.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner packed in the hopper or reverse EMF generated by M5 when the motor stops damaging IC30 on the main CB.
SOLUTION: Test the circuit by running M5 in 47 mode, code 01. Separate the gear drive so the motor can free spin without load.
Replace the main CB and/or M5 as necessary.
To reduce the failure of IC30 due to M5 binding or reverse EMF, install new toner supply wiring as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38.
M5 p/n 4900-1610
Main CB p/n 5522-9010
1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38.
Solution ID

TAUS0654985EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
F35 at power up.
Solution
To defeat the code, access the 25 mode, P47. Input 0 and press START PRINT.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.4). Replace EPROM IC6 with p/n 202016-13.4 or the latest production level (16.0 is latest
5/10/96).
2. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510.
3. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in
F35.
Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150.
4. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010).
5. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41.
6. The power is being shared with other equipment. A dedicated AC circuit is recommended.
Solution ID

TAUS0604139EN*

Solution Usage

31

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2020.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

11

1020/1520/2020
2.
3.
4.
5.

Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.

Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0612223EN*

Solution Usage

30

Description
Machine shuts down and resets while copying, J00 or J16 displayed.
Solution
CAUSE: Charge corona arcing. Dirty, coroded or loose connection from HV(A). Poor or no grounding for main charge corona assembly.
SOLUTION: Verify that the charge corona contact with the spring on the high voltage power supply. Also verify front clip on main charge assembly is
contacting drum carriage frame.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

12

1112
Solution ID

TAUS0602019EN*

Solution Usage

199

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect has been performed improperly. Install new developer (do not cycle machine until all steps are complete); thoroughly clean the recycle tube,
disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit. Perform the L-detect adjustment.
2. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. If the density cannot be increased by adding toner
through the 47 mode output code 001. Check the toner supply motor, shaft angle (on hinge plate A) and the driving gears. Toner supply idler gear A (p/n
25SA77291) and gear B (p/n 25SA77311) as well as the hinge plate A (p/n 25SA-3310) should be modified as indicated in 7050 Technical Bulletin #27 .
3. If copies or prints become lighter during a long run:
Inspect the transfer separation corona assemblies and the high voltage power supply. The transfer corona may have been disassembled for cleaning. This
causes the relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n 25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona to be incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the
height of the transfer guide material assembly, the guide is factory set. It is not to be adjusted or disassembled in the field. If guide is adjusted or removed,
replacement of the entire corona assembly is required (p/n 25SA-2600). Note: (p/n 25SA-2660) is listed in the parts catalog as a separate part but is no
longer available. See 7050 Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly.
Replace the corona assembly or the high voltage power supply.
4. The ADD TONER message is never displayed.
Level 26 and above will allow display of the low toner indication as soon as the machine reaches that condition.
25 mode address 71 and address 13 are related. Address 71 will determine the amount of copies, after low toner is sensed, before the display will indicate
ADD TONER. Address 13 will determine the copy cycle action once the ADD TONER message has been displayed.
Address 71 settings
0 = After 100 copies (Default)
1 = After 1,000 copies
2 = After 2,000 copies
3 = After 3,000 copies
Note: Address 71, settings 0-3 will allow the machine to continue to operate after ADD TONER is displayed, regardless of address 13. Only address 71,
settings, 4-7 will perform the stop operation specified by address 13.
Address 71 settings continued:
4 = After 100 copies
5 = After 1,000 copies
6 = After 2,000 copies
7 = After 3,000 copies
25 mode address 13 settings to specify copy cycle reaction at detection (ADD TONER). The machine will either try to finish the current sheet in progress or
try to complete the entire job before stopping the unit.
0 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 100 additional copies) and stop
1 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 1,000 additional copies) then stop
2 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 2,000 additional copies) then stop
3 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 3,000 additional copies) then stop
4 = Complete the entire job (up to 100 additional copies) then stop
5 = Complete the entire job (up to 1,000 additional copies) then stop (Default)
6 = Complete the entire job (up to 2,000 additional copies) then stop
7 = Complete the entire job (up to 3,000 additional copies) then stop

5. The charge corona and bias are not set to the target values.
Adjust the charge corona to 170 and the bias to 169.
6. Poor bias to the developer unit.
Check for continuity from the bias pin on the developing unit to the developing sleeve. If extremely high, remove the developing bearing from the rear of the
developing unit and check movement and continuity. If the bearing appears worn or has limited continuity, replace the bearing assembly (p/n 466078030).
7. Check for level 22.0 EPROMs. One symptom is low density which is noticed 1,000 copies/prints after power up. Level 22.0 has been identified as causing
light copies. Replace with latest level.
EPROM history hyperlink .
8. The toner supply unit shutter is damaged, resulting in a buildup of toner which has broken the driving gears on the supply unit. Check the condition of the
shutter unit. Replace damaged parts, including drive gears.
Note: This type of damage occurs when technicians push the toner supply unit into its home position without the drum carriage installed. See 7050 Technical
Bulletin #8 .
9. The DCPS2 has failed and is outputting too much voltage to the projection lamp. The projection lamp voltage can be checked using 47 mode, output
mode 000 while measuring the output to the lamp between CN385-1 and CN385-3 on the DCPS2. The voltage should be 60DC.
Replace the DCPS2 (p/n 25SA84520).
10. There is an open in the wiring harness. Check the wire harness at CN22-B4. If it is a constant 7V DC and there is no change in voltage when the TLD
sensor is replaced, the toner unit wire harness (p/n 25SA90260) may need replacement.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

13

1112
11. Faulty TLD, main CB. Machine never displayed add toner indication. Check the TLD for a change of signal by adding pressure to it out of the toner unit.
If the signal does not change replace the TLD (p/n 25SA88030), if signal state changes replace the main CB.
Note: New main CB from the part dept. are being shipped with the latest production level EPROMs however field machines may have different levels of
Image Processing board EPROMs. This can create error codes and other problems. In addition the Dallas chip on the new boards require the machine to be
reinitialized prior to use. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required
for this procedure.
12. Incorrect toner was added to this unit. This produced the light copies.
Purge the toner and developer units and install fresh supplies.
If developer spew is also present:
13. Carefully examine the drum for damage. The OPC material may be damaged exposing the aluminum core. This causes developer to adhere to the drum
and spew.
Replace drum, cleaning blade, toner guide roller, and developer.
14. Check machine to determine if key counters are used. In some cases, the timing of key counter removal can adversely affect the Dmax correction
adjustment. If the key counter is removed during the period when the automatic Dmax adjustment is performed (every 1000 copies), the Dmax value may be
set lower and undertoning may result. The firmware requires upgrading. Install minimum level 21 EPROMs which will prevent undertoning due to key counter
interaction with Dmax. Installation of the latest level EPROMs is recommended.
EPROM history hyperlink . Note: If, over a period of time, the problem does reoccur, disconnect the key count device.
15. Dmax data has been inadvertently reprogrammed
Reinitialize the Dmax data with 47 mode, output code 18.
16. CN1 on the developing drive motor board (M3DB) is not fully connected. This causes the developing sleeve to rotate at an incorrect speed which affects
Dmax readings. Check and reseat CN1.
17. Poor connection between the memory IC (or Dallas chip) and the main CB.
Reseat memory IC on the main CB.
18. Loose pin on CN65-A3 of the main CB. This is the toner motor (M10) control signal.
Reseat pins on CN65 of the main CB.
19. Failed NOVRAM on the main CB. The NOVRAM is losing the stored DMAX data.
Initialize NOVRAM. If initialization fails to resolve the problem, replace NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings
will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure.

20. Partial light copies/prints only when fed through the bypass are a result of the improper output from HV2.
Replace HV2.
21. Soiled write unit.
Carefully remove the write unit and clean the polygon mirror. Follow the procedure in the Model 7050 Service Manual (2nd edition, 2/96) pages 2-47 to 2-50.
22. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. Replace the agitator plate (p/n 25SA-3270).
23. Dmax Error 3 count (veiwed in 47 mode output code 94) is high and increments each time a Dmax adjustment is attempted. TCSB is coated with toner or
has failed. Clean or replace TCSB (p/n 25SA-9100) as necessary. NOTE: If the adjustment mode display cannot be access using 47 mode output code 94,
access 47 mode output code 96 and press start print. This should enable the adjustment mode to be displayed using output code 94 and pressing start print.
Solution ID

TAUS0601815EN*

Solution Usage

148

Description
Code 26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Performing the L-detect adjustment with worn or depleted (not enough) developer will cause code 26 to occur.
Replace the developer (PCUA 947106) and perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51). During the adjustment, measure the main CB at
CN11-5 while in the 47 mode, output code 40 (main motor running). The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned (lessen toner concentration by running black copies)
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor:
a. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
b. Check the level of developer in the developing unit.
c. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 587088010).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned (increase toner concentration by running the toner motor in the 47 mode, output code 01).
4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned
a. Replace the developer.
b. Verify that the PCL is operating properly.
If all of the TDS voltages are correct, then the main CB is not processing the signals correctly. Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
2. A poor connection at the rear of the fuser unit (CN69) for the temperature sensors. Reseat CN69.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

14

1112
3. The TDS has failed because the main CB is applying 24V DC to CN11-1 instead of the normal 10V DC.
Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302) and the TDS (p/n 587088010).
Note: The TLD (p/n 113687090) may also require replacement as it is powered by the same 10V DC source.
4. PCL failure or open wiring to PCL. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys the recycled toner only to
the center where the TDS is located.
Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060).
Solution ID

TAUS0600457EN*

Solution Usage

97

Description
Code 23 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner hopper is binding.
To inspect for binding, separate M3 from the driven gear then run the motor in 47 mode, code 01 to verify operation with no load. If the motor operates, the
main board and motor are OK. Troubleshoot the hopper for binding.
2. M3 toner motor failure.
If the motor is inoperable in diagnostics (separated from drive gear), replace the motor (p/n 3960-9050).
3. Main CB failure.
If a new motor is installed and it does not operate in diagnostics, replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9301).
CAUTION: If M3 or main CB failure is a possibility, install both parts when returning to the machine. Replace M3 first, then replace the main CB.
4. A failed optics unit wiring harness.
Replace the optics unit wiring harness (p/n 585090201).
Note: The wiring from M3 to the main CB is included in this harness.
Solution ID

TAUS0600451EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
Background on the front half and light on the rear half of copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys recycled toner only to the center where the TDS is located.
As a result, the rear side of the developing unit will undertone. If this situation is not corrected, developer spew will occur.
To verify PCL operation, use a 9V DC battery to see if the all segments light. Replace the PCL if necessary (p/n 113687060).
2. Poor transfer current will also cause the amount of recycled toner to increase. Set the corona currents to specification using special meter lead (p/n
SE95-1810):
Charge: -505 5A DC
Transfer: -251 16A DC
Separation: 298 13A AC
Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #2 for the adjustment procedure.
3. Main CB failure. The control signal to turn on the PCL, CN5-2 stays at 24V DC. Replace main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
4. Incorrect toner was installed. Background will occur at the rear of the copy first as new toner (not recycled) is introduced in the rear of the developer unit.
Evacuate all toner and developer from the developer unit, cleaning unit (recycling system) and the toner hopper. Install the correct supplies (toner, 947-109)
(developer, 947-106).
Solution ID

TAUS0600890EN*

Solution Usage

39

Description
Drum drive noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The drum carriage spring clip plate (L) (p/n 587020320) is installed incorrectly. Attach the spring clip to the inside of the drum carriage front plate. The
spring should slide over guide pin and rest in the rear groove of pin.
2. Gear (E) is worn (p/n 392015051). Replace gear (E) and any other worn components.
3. The drum idler gear or drive shaft is worn. Install the drum idler gear shaft kit (p/n U081-2440) which was introduced in 1112 Technical Bulletin #3 .
4. The developer input spring has failed. Replace the developer input spring with the new style black spring (p/n 585015121).
Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: The old style spring is silver in color.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

15

1112
5. The second feed drive bushings are not properly lubricated. Remove the second feed drive gear, clean with alcohol and apply a small amount of multi-oil.
6. A build-up of toner under the developer mag roller will cause binding of the developer drive unit, producing a grinding noise.
Clean the developer unit thoroughly and install a fresh charge of developer (PCUA 947106).
Solution ID

TAUS0602606EN*

Solution Usage

16

Solution Usage

15

Solution Usage

14

Description
How to reset the PM message.
Solution
To reset the PM counter, perform the following steps:
1. Turn the copier OFF.
2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys and turn the copier ON.
3. Enter 9 then 0 and press the start/print key.
4. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0601652EN*

Description
Code 25 will not clear after adding toner.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner is not contacting the TLD sensor due to an air pocket in the toner.
SOLUTION: Knock on toner hopper to eliminate air pockets.
Solution ID

TAUS0601933EN*

Description
Code 20 at power up or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open wire or poor connection. No input at CN11-2 on the main CB (TLD signal not received). Verify 10V DC on CN11-1 (main CB).
Check continuity from the drum carriage CN63 to the main CB CN11 (3 wires).
Check for signal from the TLD to the main CB at CN11-2. It should measure 4V to 7V DC if operating correctly.
2. Failed TLD.
Replace TLD (p/n 113687090).
3. No 10V DC to the toner level detect sensor (TLD) because ICP3, on the main CB, is open.
Check CN11-1, on the main CB. If 10V DC is not indicated (operating voltage for the TLD) replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302).
Note: Confirm that the TLD wiring is not shorted or pinched to frame ground.
Solution ID

TAUS0611950EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
How to add toner, 1112.
Solution
To add toner to the 1112:
1. Hold the toner tube so that the plastic strip in on top and the green handle is in the front.
2. Hold and pull the plastic strip toward you as you insert the rear of the tube into the machine, pushing until it stops and then remove the plastic strip
completely.
3. Turn the green handle clockwise until it stops (the word LOCK should be horizontal and right side up).
Solution ID

TAUS0604126EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
Developer spew from the rear of the developing unit.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Worn developer can cause developer spew. Developer (PCUA 947106) must be replaced every 15,000 copies.
2. Leakage from the developing unit can occur when all of the developer is not emptied when new developer is installed. The excess developer creates
excessive force causing wear to the developing shaft holder and the developing shaft. If these areas are damaged and leaking, replace the developing unit
(p/n 587A-3002).
Note: A developing unit repair kit is not available for the 1112.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

16

1112

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

17

1120
Solution ID

TAUS0600722EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
How to program APS default when the ADF is lifted (8.5x11 or 8.5x11R default).
Solution
To program the APS default, perform the following:
1. Disable smart glass, install EPROM (p/n 112019-12.1) EPROM history hyperlink .
2. Then set the following 25 mode addresses:
a. P06 to 2 for 8.5x11 default when the ADF is opened.
Setting 25 mode, P6 to 2, 3, 6, or 7 = 8.5x11 default.
Setting 25 mode, P6 to 0, 1, 4, 5, 8, or 9 = 8.5x11R default.
b. P15 to 1 to enable the first priority mode.
c. P16 to 2 to enable 8.5x11 as priority.
d. P56 to 5 for individual auto button selection (P58 dependant), ADF priority when originals are placed in the ADF and APS deselected when the ADF is
opened.
e. P58 to 2 for initial state: ADF priority, APS non-priority and AES priority.
See 1120 Technical Bulletin #4 (the "NOTE" in bulletin #4 is incorrect - please disregard).
Solution ID

TAUS0602475EN*

Solution Usage

64

Description
J13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The machine is programmed for PFU installation (P91 set to 3); however, no PFU is attached. In 25 mode, set P91 to 0 and confirm that no other
addresses contain erroneous data. A power problem may have occurred, spiking the memory.
2. The wiring harness installed from the main CB to the PFU is incompatible. Review the instructions included in the PFU to determine which style harness is
necessary. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #1 for details.
Solution ID

TAUS0600723EN*

Solution Usage

45

Solution Usage

33

Description
P25 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: More than 300 copies were made after the toner LED began blinking.
SOLUTION: Add toner. Replace developer if copy quality does not recover.
Solution ID

TAUS0612260EN*

Description
Excessive trail edge deletion.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. An older version main CB EPROM is installed. Install the latest production EPROM, (p/n 112019-13.0).
2. The 25 mode and 36 mode adjustments are incorrect.
a. Set the 25 mode, P70 to 3 (selection of original margin elimination) to allow the CEL to operate according to the paper size selected. (This
compensates for odd sized originals placed on the platen glass).
b. Set the 36 mode, code 80, P8 to 40 (trail edge deletion adjustment) fine tune as necessary. The adjustment range is 1 to 64.
3. The screws that mount the ADF lock plate unit to the mainbody are too long, obstructing the optics movement. Install the M3x4 screws (p/n 00Z193041)
included with the DF204 installation parts.
Solution ID

TAUS0600756EN*

Solution Usage

31

Description
P26 at power up. Occurs at new machine setup or following a PM.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The L-detect adjustment was not performed following; a PM, memory initialization or new set-up. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code
51).
Note: L-detect (47 mode, output code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment
resulting in an F26 code.
2. A poor connection at CN6 on the main CB. This will cause a problem where the code cannot be cleared and the 47, 25, and 36 modes cannot be
accessed. Power the copier OFF, remove and reconnect CN6, and power the copier back ON. CN6 is located on the left side of the main CB near the top of
the board.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

18

1120
Solution ID

TAUS0600759EN*

Solution Usage

26

Solution Usage

26

Solution Usage

26

Description
Latest EPROM level, 1120.
Solution
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0601912EN*

Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor connection between the TDS sensor and the main CB.
Verify continuity.
2. TDS failure. No output (less than 0.2V DC) when the control signal is low. Replace the TDS sensor.
Solution ID

TAUS0602001EN*

Description
ST104, F77.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or more of the sorter bins is out of position. Reposition the bins to allow the guide pins to ride in the slot of the front and rear cams. Verify that MS203
is being actuated.
2. The front and rear carrier supports (p/n 12QA48070) are installed incorrectly. Install the supports with the spring eyelet at the bottom.
3. The bushing that supports the shaft for the helical cam is installed backwards. This allows the shaft to drop and the beveled gears at the top to disengage.
Reinstall the support bushing correctly.
4. The bin motor is binding. This caused the sorter CB to fail. Reinstall the bin motor to prevent binding, and replace the sorter CB (p/n 12QA-9900).
Solution ID

TAUS0606019EN*

Solution Usage

25

Description
Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature
and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have
to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #10 for information on toner
filming.
2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and
replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure.
3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface
breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511)
as needed.
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for
information on the new style shaft holders and felt.
Solution ID

TAUS0600757EN*

Solution Usage

24

Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 1120 Technical Bulletin #7 .
SOLUTION:
1. Run 47 mode, code 40 (3 minutes) to allow the excess toner in the TDS area to mix the toner with the developer.
2. If code F26 reoccurs replace the developer (PCUA 947-226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, code 51).
Note: L-detect (47 mode, code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment resulting
in an F26 code.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

19

1120

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

20

1212
Solution ID

TAUS0612406EN*

Solution Usage

64

Description
How to install the key counter mounting kit.
Solution
A key counter kit (p/n SE95-3270) and EPROM (p/n 121217-12.0) are available. The installation procedure is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #19 .
Set 25 mode, P52 to 1 to enable the key counter. The 1212 key counter mounting kit contents:
PART NUMBER
ITEM
26AA73500
Key counter mounting plate
26AAK0010
Positioning indication label
00Z921321
Large wire clamp (2 pcs)
00Z921941
Small wire clamp (2 pcs)
00Z123062
Flat head screw (2 pcs)
26AA90270
Key counter wiring
26AA73500
Key counter installation instructions
Solution ID

TAUS0602418EN*

Solution Usage

53

Description
P27 at power up. P26 was previously indicated following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A .
Only developer should be added during a new machine set-up so that toner does not cover the TDS sensor.
To eliminate the code:
a. Access the 47 mode, output code 40, and allow the main motor to run for approximately one minute. Any excess toner surrounding the TDS should mix
with the developer.
b. Perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
c. If the problem remains, repeat steps a and b.
d. If this does not correct the problem, replace the developer and perform the L-detect adjustment.
2. Disconnected or failed toner density sensor (TDS). Ensure that the TDS sensor is connected (CN95) at the drum carriage (behind the toner motor).
Repair and/or reconnect the TDS connection. Replace the TDS (p/n 25HA88031) if deemed necessary.
3. Improperly seated memory IC (NOVRAM). Remove and reinsert the chip (IC28 on the main CB). Initialize the memory using the 47 mode, output code
92. After installing new developer, perform the TDS adjustment (L-detect) using the 47 mode, output code 51.
4. PCL failure. If the PCL does not operate during the L-detect adjustment, toner will adhere to the drum and reduce the toner concentration during the
L-detect adjustment. Replace the PCL (p/n 25HA-9340).
Solution ID

TAUS0603887EN*

Solution Usage

17

Description
Trail edge deletion on copies.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect 4th mirror angle.
SOLUTION: Adjust the 4th mirror ramp position by loosening the 2 screws and moving the ramp towards the exit of the machine. Verify operation. If trail
edge deletion area is less, but still not acceptable, then adjust the 4th mirror adjusting screw (p/n 490061630) counterclockwise approximately 1/4 a turn;
confirm image quality. If necessary, continue turning adjustment screw 1/4 turn each time until trail edge deletion is eliminated. Adjust the lead edge timing
and lead edge deletion as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0612640EN*

Solution Usage

15

Description
Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature
and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have
to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for information on
toner filming.
2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and
replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure.
3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface
breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511)
as needed.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

21

1212
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for
information on the new style shaft holders and felt.
Solution ID

TAUS0605706EN*

Solution Usage

14

Solution Usage

10

Description
How to program auto shut-off and power saver mode.
Solution
Auto shut-off will turn the machine OFF after a selected amount of non-use. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
0: 0 minutes (auto shut-off mode, OFF)
1: 2 minutes
2: 5 minutes
3: 10 minutes
Power saver mode is enabled by pressing the POWER SAVER button above the PRINT button.
The amount of time the copier remains in idle before the power saver mode is activated is determined by the data in 25 mode, P19:
Data of 0 = 1 hour
Data of 1 = 2 hours
Data of 2 = 3 hours
Solution ID

TAUS0603572EN*

Description
How to set paper sizes in cassettes.
Solution
The paper sizes are set up by configuring the buttons on the rear of the tray. To position the buttons, use the chart embossed on the paper tray.
Solution ID

TAUS0604840EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
How to add toner, 1212.
Solution
To add toner.
1. Open the front door of the copier.
2. Lift the green flap labelled PRESS HERE.
3. Insert the cartridge.
4. Slide the green lever to the left to empty the toner cartridge
Solution ID

TAUS0612417EN*

Description
Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the
new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g.
Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20 .
2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil.
3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly.
4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate
the assembly.
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
Solution ID

TAUS0612570EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Code 28 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: Arcing within the main charge corona unit.
The corona wire cleaner has dislodged and is contacting the charge grid wires.
SOLUTION: Properly reposition the charge cleaner away from the grid wires.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

22

1212
Solution ID

TAUS0602523EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Latest EPROM level, 1212.
Solution
EPROM history hyperlink .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

23

1216
Solution ID

TAUS0607681EN*

Solution Usage

132

Description
How to extend the time for Auto Low Power mode and Auto Shut-off mode.
Solution
Auto Shut-off can be disabled by accessing the 25 mode address 20 and setting it to 1. To program the Auto Shut-off or Low Power Mode time, see below:
To program Auto Low Power mode time, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-03-P (Auto Low Power mode setting time selection).
3. Press 1 (setting time + 120 minutes).
4. Press the START/PRINT key.
5. Press P19P.
6. Input one of the following data choices:
Enter 1: 122 minutes
Enter 2: 125 minutes
Enter 3: 130 minutes
Enter 4: 135 minutes
Enter 5: 150 minutes
7. Press the START/PRINT key.
To program Auto Shut-off time, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-07-P
3. Press 1 (Auto Shut-off time selection + 120 minutes).
4. Press the START/PRINT key.
5. Press P62P
6. Input one of the following data choices:
Enter 0: 150 minutes
Enter 1: 180 minutes
Enter 2: 210 minutes
Enter 3: 240 minutes
7. Press the START/PRINT key.
8. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0607964EN*

Solution Usage

Description
P25 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Memory address 92 in the 25 mode is set to 0 (300 copies after the add toner message, P25 is displayed and copying is prevented until toner is
added). This function can be disabled by setting 25 mode address 92 to 1. It is recommended that this function be enabled to prevent damage to the
developer caused by toner depletion.
SOLUTION: Add toner.
Solution ID

TAUS0608266EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to program small size original default.
Solution
CAUSE: Minimum Original Size Detection was not set for 8.5x11.
SOLUTION: To set Minimum Original Size Detection, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-4-5-P (memory address 45) and enter the required value (in this case,a value of 2). The following are the data selections for address 45:
0: 8.5x11R
1: 5.5x8.5
2: 8.5x11
3. Press the Print button.
4. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0607917EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to install a Konica key counter.
Solution
To install the key counter, perform the following:
1. Open the bypass tray door. On the lower, right-side of the main body there is a plate.
2. Remove the plate, and disconnect the connector.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

24

1216
3. Connect the key counter to the main body connector.
4. Install the brackets from the key counter kit to the main body where the cover plate was removed.
Solution ID

TAUS0607960EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to set APS default to 8.5x11.
Solution
To program the 8.5x11 paper tray as a default with any size original copied from the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Switch copier OFF.
2. Enter the 25 mode by holding down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously and powering the copier ON. Release the 2 and 5 keys approximately 4 seconds
after powering ON.
3. Enter address 56 by pressing P-56-P sequentially.
a. Enter data of 4 (disables APS when the ADF is opened).
b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data.
3. Enter address 51 (designates an initial tray when APS is cancelled) by pressing P-51-P sequentially.
a. Enter data to select the 8.5x11 tray:
0= tray 1
1= tray 2
2= tray 3
3= tray 4
b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data.
Solution ID

TAUS0608097EN*

Description
Corona current specifications, 1216.
Solution
VR
CODE
SPECIFICATION
1
02
-500A DC
2
03
-450A DC
3
04
500A AC

Solution Usage

CORONA
Charge
Transfer
Separation

To adjust the corona currents, perform the following:


1. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage.
2. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch.
3. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right.
4. Connect the black lead to frame ground.
5. Set meter to A DC.
6. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02.
7. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC.
8. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right.
9. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC.
10. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right.
11. Set meter to A AC.
12. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC.
Notes:
a. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black
meter lead is still used for ground (GND).
b. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame.
VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole.
Solution ID

TAUS0608410EN*

Solution Usage

Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. Refer to 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 .
SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess
toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer.
2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code.
Solution ID

TAUS0608122EN*

Solution Usage

Description
P27 at power up.
Solution
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

25

1216
CAUSE: Incorrect toner concentration in the developing unit.
SOLUTION: Replace the developer and perform a L-detect adjustment. To adjust L-detect, perform the following:
1. Enter the 47 mode, output code 51.
2. Press the start/print button.
3. The number 51 flashes in the display for approximately 90 seconds.
4. When 51 stops flashing, the adjustment is complete.
5. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0617443EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to reset the drum counter.
Solution
To reset the drum counter, perform the following:
1. Access 47 mode (power ON while holding 4 and 7 keys), output code 91.
2. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Note: To verify the drum count has been reset, hold the P key and press the 7 key. A two-digit number should flash (00) indicating the drum count X1000.
Solution ID

TAUS0609184EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Unable to select more than one copy at a time.
Solution
CAUSE: Copy quantity setting limit selection incorrect.
SOLUTION: To program copy quantity setting, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON).
2. Press P-13-P (Copy Quantity setting limit selection).
3. Press 0 (setting Max) unlimited.
4. Press the START/PRINT key.
6. Input one of the following data choices:
Enter 0: MAX (unlimited up to 99)
Enter 1: 1 limit
Enter 2: 3 limit
Enter 3: 5 limit
Enter 4: 9 limit
Enter 5: 10 limit
Enter 6: 20 limit
Enter 7: 30 limit
Enter 8: 50 limit
Enter 9: 99 limit

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

26

1312
Solution ID

TAUS0618492EN*

Solution Usage

67

Description
Multi-feeding from Tray 1 resulting in paper feed jams (J32).
Solution
CAUSE: Insufficient pressure applied to the paper feed stopping lever by the cam spring.
SOLUTION: There is a new style cam spring available for machines with serial numbers between 26ME19201 and 26ME19966. Replace cam spring (p/n
26MA45391).
Notes:
1. See 1312 Technical Bulletin #1 for complete installation instructions.
2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]].
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0608739EN*

Solution Usage

27

Description
How to clear a fuser abnormality code (F34, F35, F36).
Solution
To clear a fuser abnormality code, perform the following:
With the copier powered ON displaying the fuser failure code, simultaneously press and hold down the enlargement (up arrow) and reduction (down arrow)
keys for approximately 5 seconds until a destination code (US) is displayed.
2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code (US) is displayed. Note: Do not press 0 too fast.
3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2 then 5, from the keypad, and then press START PRINT).
a. [A- -] should now be displayed in the quantity window.
4. Enter address number 47, then press START PRINT.
5. Reset the fuser failure code data by pressing 0 twice, then press START PRINT.
6. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state.
Solution ID

TAUS0608749EN*

Solution Usage

22

Description
P29 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: Developing unit requires replacement. Copy count reaches 25,000 (steady P29) or toner is depleted from the developing unit (blinking P29 with
copier operation stopped).
SOLUTION: Replace the developing unit (PCUA 947157) and perform the initialization. To initialize the developing unit, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window.
2. Enter 5, then 1, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C51] is displayed in the quantity window.
Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes.
3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button.
4. The copier reverts to normal operation.
Solution ID

TAUS0608751EN*

Solution Usage

18

Description
How to adjust exposure.
Solution
To adjust exposure, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds.
2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds. Note: Do not press 0 too fast.
3. Access the 36 mode (enter 3, then 6 from the keypad). [ACC] is displayed in the quantity display.
4. Enter the desired address (code) number, then press START PRINT.
CODE ADJUSTMENT
86
Center intensity (enlargement)
87
Center intensity (reduction)
88
Maximum intensity (life size)
89
Center intensity (life size)
90
Minimum intensity (life size)
5. Change the blinking setting data to the required data (adjustment range of 01 to 64 with a default of 32), then press START PRINT.
6. Press the START PRINT key again to make a test copy of the settings.
7. After copying, the status returns to step 5. Make any additional data adjustments, if required.
8. When adjustment is complete, press the STOP/CLEAR button until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

27

1312
Solution ID

TAUS0611296EN*

Solution Usage

17

Solution Usage

17

Description
Background on copies after doing a PM and replacing the drum.
Solution
CAUSE: Main erase lamp is worn or disconnected.
SOLUTION: Reseat drum and connectors, and/or replace the Main Erase Lamp (p/n 26MA10060).
Solution ID

TAUS0612130EN*

Description
P26 after replacing developing unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Developing unit has not been initialized.
SOLUTION: To initialize the developing unit, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window.
2. Enter 5, then 1, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C51] is displayed in the quantity window.
Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes.
3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button.
4. The copier reverts to normal operation.
Solution ID

TAUS0608746EN*

Solution Usage

16

Description
P24 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The number of copies on the drum unit has reached 24,500 (steady P24 and copier operation continues). Drum replacement interval is 25,000
sheets. When 500 sheets are copied after the steady P24, a change drum condition is indicated (blinking P24).
SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit (PCUA 947158) and perform initialization. To initialize the drum unit, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window.
2. Enter 5, then 0, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C50] is displayed in the quantity window.
Note: The process takes approximately 1 minute.
3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button.
4. The copier reverts to normal operation.
Solution ID

TAUS0608740EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
How to enable/disable the power saving mode.
Solution
The power saver enable time is programmable from 2 minutes to 240 minutes (4 hours). If address 20 in the 25 mode is set to OFF, the power saving mode
is disabled. To program the power saving mode, perform the following:
1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds.
2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds.
3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2, then 5 from the keypad). Press START PRINT. [A- -] is displayed in the quantity display.
4. Enter address number 20, then press START PRINT.
5. Select and enter the desired time interval:
DATA
TIME (minutes)
1
Address 62 setting takes precedence (default) [allows 30, 2, or 5 minute setting]
2
OFF (disabled)
3
60
4
120
5
240
Note: If a power save mode setting of 30 minutes or less is desired, data setting of 1 must be input at address 20, then skip step (6) and proceed from step
(7).
Press START PRINT to set the data.
6. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
7. Enter address number 62, then press START PRINT.
8. Select and enter the desired time interval:
DATA
TIME (minutes)
1
30 (default)
2
2
3
5
Press START PRINT to set the data.
9. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

28

1312
Solution ID

TAUS0608993EN*

Solution Usage

12

Solution Usage

11

Description
How to install a key counter.
Solution
Key counters are not compatible with this product and cannot be installed.
Solution ID

TAUS0619931EN*

Description
d01' is displayed in the control panel window after replacing the main CB (p/n 26MA-9010).
Solution
CAUSE: The CB needs to be reset to factory defaults.
SOLUTION: To reset the CB to factory defaults perform the following:
1. Press and hold the "Enlarge" and "Reduce" keys for 5 seconds.
2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code is displayed.
3. Input 47 and press the Start Print key.
4. Input 92 and press the Start Print key (CLR will be displayed).
5. Press the Start Print key immediately.
6. The display will return to 01.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

29

1512/112Z/1290RE
Solution ID

TAUS0600570EN*

Solution Usage

131

Description
Code 34.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press 4-7-P on the keypad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Old style temperature sensor installed. Install the new style (convex) temperature sensor (p/n 490088033) and perform the AES adjustment (47 mode,
code 98). See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #4C .
2. The lamp contact assemblies on the front and rear of the fusing unit are loose, resulting in poor lamp contact. Install the heater cover kit (p/n SE97-1990).
See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #10.
Kit contents:
PART NUMBER
ITEM
392053233
Terminal cover (2)
5850-5410
Heater cover unit (front)
5850-5420
Heater cover unit (rear)
00Z153081
Screw (SEMS I, M3x8)
00Z163081
Screw (SEMS II, M3x8)
Note: Ensure that there are no power problems at the customer site.
Solution ID

TAUS0601581EN*

Solution Usage

62

Description
Light copies, blotchy, poor density.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Toner was not added by the user when the ADD TONER light came on. Add toner and perform 47 mode, output code 01 to tone up the developer.
2. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner. In this case the TLD will not vibrate to indicate add toner. Check the voltage
reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main CB:
TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC.
TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC.
3. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer.
Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main CB at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer:
0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned
Detone by running black copies.
1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal
0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor
Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB.
Check the level of developer in the developer unit.
Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 113688110).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned
Retone using the 47 mode, code 01.
4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned
Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating.
4. No add toner indication due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed unless the machine calls for toner at least seven times (consecutively)
during a run. If the TLD is audible, but the machine does not indicate ADD TONER, run about 10 copies in a row.
5. The corona currents are not set to specification. The drum currents and adjustment procedures are outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #7 .
Charge:
-510 10A DC
Transfer:
-360 50A DC
Separation:
270 20A AC
6. The toner supply coupling is broken. No drive is imparted to the toner supply unit. Replace the toner supply coupling (p/n 392015640).
7. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge buildup on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner
concentration and developer failure (light copies). Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

30

1512/112Z/1290RE
8. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently.
9. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit (p/n SE95-2560) to reduce the occurrence of damp paper.
10. The rear ladder chain has fallen off the ladder wheel within the toner supply unit. Causing the toner supply shaft not to turn. Replace the ladder chain.
11. The developer sleeve is not turning because the spring for the developer drive is worn or missing. Replace the developer arm spring (p/n 490015320).
Solution ID

TAUS0612363EN*

Solution Usage

58

Solution Usage

43

Solution Usage

38

Solution Usage

29

Description
Code 24.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or more of the tungsten lamps within the PCL assembly are open. Replace the PCL assembly (p/n 113687060).
2. Drum carriage is not completely seated. Open the clamshell and reinsert the drum carriage.
3. Inspect the main CB, F1 (fuse). If open inspect the PCL wiring, repair as necessary. Replace the main CB (p/n 4900-9301).
Solution ID

TAUS0603965EN*

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 1290RE.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0655145EN*

Description
Code 41. Only when AES is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: The optics photosensors are not being actuated properly.
SOLUTION: Install the beam cutter extension (p/n U081-2400) as outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #5 .
SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by WILLIE GONZALEZ, COPIERS PLUS INC.
Solution ID

TAUS0602373EN*

Description
J31.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The upper guide pins that support the drum carriage may be bent up not allowing the rollers on the drum carriage to properly contact the 3rd feed rollers.
Reform the pins so they are straight.
2. The 3rd paper feed roller is dirty causing the paper to slip.
Clean the 3rd paper feed roller and the first feed rollers.
3. The front door interlock is not making proper contact with the switch.
Ensure the actuator mounted on the door is contacting the bar.
4. The actuator for the exit sensor PS7 is binding, or PS7 has failed.
Ensure the actuator moves freely. If necessary replace the photosensor (p/n 370085510).
5. The paper feed guide plate is warped.
Replace the paper feed guide plate (p/n 490040021).
6. The optic sensors are dirty.
Clean the optic sensors.
7. The upper fuser roller assembly is installed incorrectly. Paper is not conveyed properly through the fuser.
Ensure that the upper fuser assembly is installed on the inside of the lower assembly frame.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

31

1512/112Z/1290RE
Solution ID

TAUS0600631EN*

Solution Usage

28

Description
Code 26 is displayed following the L-detect adjustment.
Solution
CAUSE: PCL failure. If an excessive amount of toner is found in the waste container of the new toner cartridge then the PCL is not operating correctly.
SOLUTION: The PCL should remain ON during L-detect to eliminate any drum charge condition. Replace the PCL lamp (p/n 113687060) and the developer
(PCUA 946182).
Clear the code 26 with a memory reset and perform the L-detect adjustment again.
To adjust L-detect, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), output code 51.
2. The copier should cycle for several minutes with [51] flashing in the quantity display.
3. When the copier stops cycling, a steady [51] is displayed signifying that the adjustment is successfully completed. If [26] is displayed, a problem occurred
during the adjustment.
4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Note: If the adjustment was run only one time, toner depletion should be minimal. Developer can be toned back up (47 mode, code 01).
Solution ID

TAUS0600775EN*

Solution Usage

21

Description
Code 45 shortly after power up.
Solution
CAUSE: A shorted bypass solenoid (SD2) or toner motor (M5) causes IC21 on the main CB to fail. The lens motor (M3) drive is affected, causing the failure
code.
SOLUTION: Replace SD2 (p/n 490082550) or M5 (p/n 4900-1610) and the main CB (p/n 4900-9303).
Solution ID

TAUS0601768EN*

Solution Usage

21

Solution Usage

17

Description
Code 25.
Solution
CAUSE: The machine will indicate a flashing code 25 if 100 copies are run after the ADD TONER message is displayed.
SOLUTION: Add toner to the machine.
Solution ID

TAUS0601947EN*

Description
Blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The corona(s) and/or HV unit(s) are arcing.
Rebuild or replace any arcing component.
2. The electrode ground plate for the transfer corona is not making good contact.
Reform or replace the electrode ground plate (p/n 490015370).
3. The drum carriage connector is not making good contact.
Clean and repair the drum carriage connection.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

32

1515/1590/115S
Solution ID

TAUS0601532EN*

Solution Usage

40

Solution Usage

26

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 1590.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0600831EN*

Description
F41 or F42 during copier operation.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dust on the optics sensors, PS2, PS3, and PS4. Clean the optics sensors.
2. Older version EPROM installed. Install p/n 159013-13.4 (8.5x11R default) or p/n 159013-13.8 (8.5x11 default).
3. If the copier is not level (tilted toward the user) or the frame is deformed, the optics photosensors will not be actuated properly during operation. Verify that
the copier is level and the optics frame is not deformed. To verify proper optics sensor actuation, use the 47 mode code 30 (PS2, home) and code 31 (PS3,
restart) while moving the first mirror frame by hand.
4. 1st mirror to V-mirror distance is incorrect. To verfify, set the lateral magnification 0, is 1:1 OK? If not, adjust the 1st mirror to V-mirror position.
5. Poor AC power. If other devices are installed on the same AC line move the machine to another power source.
6. Failed optics motor (M2) and optics motor driver board (MDB). Replace M2 (p/n 490080080) and MDB (p/n 4900-9502) at the same time.
7. The drive gear (p/n 490015100) Is being stripped by M2 overdriving which is due to a failed motor driver board. All optics photosensors have been
checked for proper operation. Check the wiring and connectors from main CB, CN2 to MDB, CN85, and 86. If the wiring appears normal, replace the MDB
(p/n 4900-9500).
Solution ID

TAUS0655191EN*

Solution Usage

24

Solution Usage

20

Description
How to change the paper size default selection.
Solution
Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.8) for 8.5x11 default.
Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.4) for 8.5x11R default.

EPROM history hyperlink .


Solution ID

TAUS0655125EN*

Description
Drum damage.
Solution
CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit have become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller gets too close to the
drum, causing damage to the drum surface.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030).
Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover,
PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing.
Solution ID

TAUS0600887EN*

Solution Usage

16

Description
J13 at power up, no PFU modules are installed.
Solution
CAUSE: CN11 from HV(A) was placed on CN203 of MCB. This can occur if the main CB or HV(A) was recently replaced or removed.
SOLUTION: Reseat CN11 on main CB. With no PFU modules installed, set the 25 mode, P86 to 0.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

33

1515/1590/115S
Solution ID

TAUS0601901EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
Toner spilling, overtoning.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 .
- 600 10A (DC) = Charge
- 450 50A (DC) = Transfer
+265 20A (AC) = Separation
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
2. PCL failure. Verify that the PCL is operating.
Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
3. Failed TDS (toner density sensor). If the TDS output voltage at CN3-A5 does not change regardless of whether toner is added or depleted (correct voltage
should be between 1.5V DC and 2.0V DC), then replace the TDS (p/n 029488110) and developer. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51).
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0600604EN*

Solution Usage

12

Solution Usage

12

Description
F34, F35 or F36 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Old style TH1. Install new style sensor (p/n 508088034) per 1590 Technical Bulletin #14.
2. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1590 Technical Bulletin #19.
Solution ID

TAUS0603885EN*

Description
F26 at power up or following the L-detect adjustment.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer. To determine the cause of F26, check the TDS analog signal at the
main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the main motor (47 mode, output code 51):
0.5 to 1.5V DC = Overtoned (deplete some toner by running black copies).
1.5 to 2.0V DC = Normal
0.5V DC or less = No signal from the TDS sensor. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace
the TDS sensor (p/n 029488110).
2.0 to 4.0V DC = Undertoned. Add toner using the 47 mode, output code 01.
4.0V DC or more = Extremely undertoned. Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n
029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 .
- 600 10A (DC) = Charge
- 450 50A (DC) = Transfer
+265 20A (AC) = Separation
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
3. The L-detect adjustment was performed with a color developer unit installed. The L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) should only be
performed with the black developer unit installed. Insert the black unit and perform the L-detect adjustment.
Note: When F26 occurs, the machine only allows another attempt of the TDS adjustment. All other functions are inoperable until the memory is reinitialized
(47 mode, output code 92).
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0601177EN*

Solution Usage

10

Description
How to configure cassettes for different sizes in the PFU unit(s).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

34

1515/1590/115S
Solution
Buttons in position A, B and D allow for 8.5x11 recognition.
Buttons in position A and C allow for 8.5x11R recognition.
Button in position B allows 8.5x14 recognition.
Buttons in position A and D allow for 11x17 recognition.
Solution ID

TAUS0601103EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Erratic failure codes while copying (F85, J13, J12, F52).
Solution
CAUSE: The transfer and separation corona blocks are arcing or the corona shell is not grounded properly.
SOLUTION: Replace the corona blocks and wires. Clean the corona shell and ground contacts.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

35

2028
Solution ID

TAUS0600517EN*

Solution Usage

405

Solution Usage

171

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the keypad.
4. Press the start/print key.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0611426EN*

Description
F41, F42, or F43.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There is an open in the projection lamp (L1) circuit.
Use the 47 mode, output code 00 to verify if the lamp lights. Ohm the lamp circuit from CN393-3 to CN393-1, the value should be under 10 ohms. Check for
continuity of the lamp (p/n 25BA83010) and temperature fuse individually. If no faults are found, use the wiring diagram on page 3-19 in the service manual to
locate the open in the wiring.
2. F42 at the start of the copy cycle. Fuse F3 on the ACDB is open causing a loss of drive to the optics motor (M2). This fuse protects the 28V DC bus on
the board. Determine the cause of the open fuse. Possible causes include a shorted optics drive motor (M2), binding in the optics drive, or pinched wiring to
M2. After correcting the fault, replace the fuse (p/n E64311-11).
3. A worn or loose optics drive cable and tension spring will cause the optics to bounce out of the home position after a reverse scan.
Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and tension spring (p/n 540061480) if more than 300,000 copies are on the copier.
Note: When replacing the optics cable, use the exposure unit positioning gauge (p/n 00M6-1-00). Ensure that the cable is routed correctly on the right rear
pulley. It should follow the rear groove on the pulley.
4. The first to second mirror frame position is incorrect. When the optics cable was replaced the optics positioning gauge (00M6-1-00) was not used.
When replacing the optics cable ensure that the exposure unit positioning gauge is used.
5. The set screw to the optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) is loose, causing a loss of drive to the optics.
Tighten the set screw.
6. Reposition the brake sensor (PS4) to its leftmost position as viewed from behind the machine. This will allow more braking distance if the cable is worn.
7. The brake timing needs adjustment.
Set the brake timing to 1. Use the 36 mode, code 96.
8. The optics shaft and bushings are worn.
Replace the shaft (p/n 540061090) and (2) bushings (p/n 540076042) if the machine is over 600,000 copies.
9. The reflector and first mirror frame is contacting the frame or lens cover assembly during operation.
Use the 47 mode, output code 31 to run the optics and verify there is no contact.
10. The code occurs only when using the RADF and the ADU. The DC power supply is failing under load.
Check the 24V DC and 28V DC output from the DCPS while running the different copy modes (i.e., 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2). Replace the DC power supply (p/n
540084512) if the voltage drops occur under increased load conditions.
11. There is a poor connection from the main CB to the AC driver board. This prevents the optics from moving from the home position.
Remove and reseat CN69 on AC driver board and CN60 on the main CB.
12. The main relay (RL1) has failed. This may also cause an F55 code.
Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460).
13. An early style AC driver board is installed.
Install the latest AC driver board (p/n 5400-9085).
14. Premature failure of L1 (exposure lamp) due to excessive voltage. This is caused by an open F1 fuse on the ACDB.
Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and the ACDB (p/n 5400-9085).
15. F43 when using the bypass (feeding 11x17). The optics slide shaft holder (p/n 540061430) is dislodged from the main reflector base assembly (p/n
5400-6129) and/or the optics slide shaft (p/n 540061090) is dirty. This causes the reflector base assembly to bind on the optics slide shaft, affecting optics
scan timing.
Reposition the optics slide shaft holder and/or clean the optics slide shaft. Lubricate the shaft with light oil (see Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding
lubricant applications).
Note: When using the bypass the optics makes a complete scan with the exposure lamp ON.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

36

2028
16. F43 as second copy is fed due to a failed or dirty T/S corona unit causing a power interruption (arcing).
Clean or replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605).
Solution ID

TAUS0600513EN*

Solution Usage

77

Description
The LCD is blank, or the operation panel is locked up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The lens and scanner do not initialize. The drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the belt (p/n 540077520) has
walked off the pulley and is lodged between the motor and the pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant
adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the
new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from
interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original
parts. They must be used as a set.
Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81.
2. An operation panel without a modified LCD is installed. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #83A to identify and modify the op panel with a new style LCD.
3. Verify that the operation panel is properly secured to the copier. Reseat any loose connections to the operation panel and secure it tightly to the main
body.
4. A faulty harness from the operation panel CN212 to CN67 on the main CB. Repair as necessary, or replace the harness (p/n 540090010).
Solution ID

TAUS0600801EN*

Solution Usage

73

Description
How to program ECM, 2028.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machice OFF.
2. While holding down the 2 and 5 buttons, power the machine ON.
3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the
new data.
4. Set address P05 in the 25 mode (ECM limit features) based on key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit).
3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit).
5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit).
5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, enter the Master Key Code. Access the following setting modes to perform the ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20.
2: Limit Copy Count.
Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies.
3: Read Copy Count.
Read the current copy count for each password.
4: Account Reset.
Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords.
Solution ID

TAUS0601072EN*

Solution Usage

66

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The end user did not add toner when the copier displayed ADD TONER. The end user expects the copies to darken immediately. Run the 47 mode,
output code 01 for 45 seconds, then make copies. Check at main CB CN8-B8 for 24V DC and CN8-B9 for a change of state while doing 47 mode output 01
and start/print button.
2. The developer unit bias clip is malformed and is not making proper contact with the bias pin. Reform the clip to ensure proper contact with the pin.
3. The toner motor (M6) and main CB have failed (M6 will not operate in the 47 mode, output code 01). If the machine was moved with a full toner hopper,
the toner will pack down in the hopper and bind the auger. This will cause M6 to bind, fail and short TR24 on the main CB. Replace the main CB (p/n
5762-9016) and M6 (p/n 197080011 - new style; s/n cut-in 576211850 or p/n 396080042 - old style) at the same time.
Note: The new style motor is larger (3135 style) and requires a larger mounting bracket (p/n 540032381) and shroud (p/n 540032191).
Do not fill the toner hopper if the machine is to be moved.
4. No ADD TONER indication is displayed because the 25 mode, P71 is set to 2. Set address 71 to 0 or 1 for ADD TONER to be indicated after 100 (0) or
1000 (1) copies after the TLD element begins vibrating.
5. The CVR is at the darkest setting (value of 01) and the copies are light. The drum counter does not match the number of copies on the drum or the drum
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

37

2028
has exceeded 150,000 copies. The drum counter is boosting the CVR. Verify that the drum is new, set the corona currents and reset the drum counter (47
mode, code 91).
6. No toner addition during copy process. (M6 will run in 47 mode, code 01). The drum counter was not set to the current drum copy count after performing
47/92. Reset drum counter (25 mode, P39 to 44) to the correct drum count.
7. The zener diode has failed. Inspect the image on the drum surface, if light monitor the voltage drop across the zener diode. If the voltage measured is
less than about 730V DC, replace the zener diode (p/n 540088341). Also, inspect the charge corona unit (p/n 5400-2500), replace if necessary. Then set the
charge current (47/02/P to display or change the current data; set value to -600 30V DC ).
8. Drum fatigue, old or worn drum. Replace the drum (PCUA 947542).
9. There is no developer bias voltage output at CN65-1 on the main CB. There should be -150V DC when running the 47 mode, output code
10. Check for a cold solder joint. If necessary, replace the main CB (p/n 5762-9082).
Solution ID

TAUS0600515EN*

Solution Usage

63

Solution Usage

61

Description
Incorrect paper size, indicates special. Will not recognize the universal trays.
Solution
CAUSE: The data in the 25 mode, for paper size is incorrect.
SOLUTION: In the 25 mode, set the data for P67 for the correct combination of main body paper trays.
0: Both upper, and lower trays are conventional.
1: Upper tray is universal, and lower tray conventional.
2: Upper tray is conventional, and lower tray universal.
3: Both upper, and lower trays are universal.
Solution ID

TAUS0600532EN*

Description
Half copies using the RADF; only with APS and AES deselected.
Solution
CAUSE: This is an EPROM bug. It only occurs with a 2028/ST205S sorter combination.
SOLUTION: New EPROMs are available. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #89A ,.
Order (p/n 202812-21.13), and (p/n 202813-21.13). The RADF EPROM must be (p/n DF30530-14.2). The sorter EPROM must be (p/n ST20563-18.0).
Solution ID

TAUS0600535EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
Blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance
readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out
of specification, replace the motor (p/n 396080042). Install the polyswitch (p/n 5400K0270), if necessary. See Technical Bulletin #79A, dated 2/22/95.
2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch
the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See
Technical Bulletin #17A, dated 4/26/93.
4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with
the guide plate (p/n 540045331).
5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign
of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate,
clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate.
6. No image on the drum. HVA contact spring fell off.
Set the corona currents to specification. See Technical Bulletin #86.
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched.
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

38

2028
10. Check the drum wiring connector (CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331).
12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to blow.
13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to
-800V DC should be read across the diode.
14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance.
15. Troubleshoot HV(B) (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the HV(B). Replace the
unit if necessary.
16. Verify the drum ground:
a. Clean the drum shaft and flanges.
b. Apply conductive grease sparingly (see Technical Bulletin #45).
c. Ensure the charging ground plate (p/n 540020310) is making good contact.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0600510EN*

Solution Usage

32

Description
DF305, J62 .
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The entrance sensor (PS302) is not adjusted to the correct voltage or has failed.
To check/adjust PS302, perform the following:
a. Adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP3 (ground).
b. Adjust VR1 on the RADF CB two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights.
If unable to adjust or the problem persists, ensure that the reflector plate (p/n 048040100) is attached to the main bottom plate (p/n 048012030). If reflector is
not missing or mispositioned, replace PS302 (p/n 016085550).
2. The feed system is not adjusted to specifications. Perform the following adjustments illustrated in the DF305 service manual:
a. Adjust the clearance of the original pressure plate and feed belt to 9mm.
b. Adjust the original pressure plate spring tension to 220g with a 5mm plate deviation.
c. Adjust the pressure of the double feed prevention roller to 250g.
d. Stack 2 sheets of paper between the feed belt and the double feed prevention roller.
e. Press the green lever on the underside of the RADF to release the driven roller.
f. With a gram gauge slowly pull the bottom sheet from the bottom of the RADF.
g. Adjust the double feed prevention height until the force required to pull the paper is 250g. Note: The adjustment pages of the service manual should
have a revision level of at least 2/93.
3. The foam pad located in the center of the platen pressure plate (p/n 048040121) is worn. Replace the foam pad (p/n 048040520) and the platen pressure
seat (p/n 048040510).
4. The original feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Note: SD301 may have caused fuse F2 to open on the RADF CB. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530).
Replace the RADF CB (p/n 5670-9001) if F2 is open.
5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation.
All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical
Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom.
To repair the motor mounts, perform the following:
a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy
required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally.
b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor.
I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol.
II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder.
III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear).
IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear.
V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder.
VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance).
The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding.
Solution ID

TAUS0600509EN*

Solution Usage

31

Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due either to incorrect zoning of the main body paper drawer or
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

39

2028
incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually effects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the
deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This
will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
2. The encoder sensor (PS206) and encoder disc are dirty. Clean PS206 and the encoder disc.
3. The home position sensor (PS203) has failed. The bins are in the home position but PS203 is not detecting that the bins are there. CN14-2 (PS203 input
signal) on the sorter CB should read 5V DC when flagged. If necessary replace PS203 (p/n 074084030).
4. The staple guide bar is overdriving. Adjust the staple guide bar movement. See the ST206 service manual page 17. Ensure the guide bar home sensor
(PS207) is not dirty. If so, clean PS207. Also verify the guide bar motor (M203) is not out of position. If necessary adjust the mounting position of M203.
5. CN6 on the sorter CB is loose, not allowing the signal to be input from the guide bar sensor (PS207). Reseat connector 6 on the sorter CB.
6. CN7 on the sorter CB is loose causing no input from the entrance sensor (PS204), and the conveyance sensor (PS205). Reseat CN7 on the sorter CB.
7. The conveyance motor (M201) is not operating. M201 runs in diagnostics but the two conveyance sensors do not sense a jam condition. CN7 on the
sorter CB is damaged or obstructed. Clean, repair and reseat the connector.
8. The stapler jaws are jammed closed by jammed staples. Repair the stapler.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

40

2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Solution ID

TAUS0602861EN*

Solution Usage

14

Solution Usage

10

Description
No power.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drum unit is not fully inserted into the machine. Reinsert the drum carriage completely into the machine.
2. Loose CN300 on DCPS resulting in no AC to DCPS. Reseat CN300.
3. No DC output voltage from the DCPS at CN7. AC input at CN300 is OK. Replace the DCPS (p/n 340284032).
Solution ID

TAUS0612317EN*

Description
P51 at power up or in idle.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The front door is not closed completely. Close the front door completely.
2. No 24V DC to the AC driver board. The white wires on RL2-2 are placed on the wrong contacts following replacement of RL1 and RL2. Reposition the
wiring to RL2.
3. The fuser temperature fuse (F2) has failed. Replace F2 (p/n 4500-5430).
Solution ID

TAUS0601071EN*

Solution Usage

Description
DF301, J65.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Main CB failure. PS305 (original reverse detecting) changes from HI to LO at CN23-5 on the main CB, but it does not operate internally as verified in 47
mode, code 64. Replace the main CB (p/n 4502-9071) or (p/n 5302-9070 [3290M]).
2. The DF ground strap is disconnected causing static to build up. Reconnect the ground strap.
3. A faulty ADF DB was causing the improper operation of the DF301. After cleaning and verifying the operation of all photosensors and that all voltages are
present on the ADF DB, replace the ADF DB (p/n 108087050).
Solution ID

TAUS0601800EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
P71 at power up. No sorter is installed.
Solution
CAUSE: The sorter was recently removed and the hardware dipswitches on the main CB were left ON.
SOLUTION: Turn off hardware dipswitches 2 and 3 on the main CB when no sorter is attached.
Solution ID

TAUS0601420EN*

Description
F52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Relay RL1 on the AC driver board will not energize. The 24V DC on the AC driver board is present. When RL1 is physically actuated, M8 and M10 will
run but M1 will only hum with no movement. Replace M1 (p/n 4502-9010) and the AC driver board (p/n 450287101) or (p/n 530287100 [3290M]) as set.
2. There is no 24 V DC at the AC driver board CN201-1. This is caused by a loose pin on CN16. Reseat the connection at CN16.
3. No change of state from the encoder sensor (PS2) at CN 5-2. Clean or replace PS2.
4. Main motor (M1) or main CB failure. Determine whether M1 will turn ON in diagnostics, 47, output code 50. If the motor turns ON, check the M1 control
signal at the MCB CN8-2. If no change of signal state replace the MCB (p/n 4502-9070).
If M1 does not rotate, remove the main motor from the drive system and again turn on M1 in diagnostics 47 mode output code 50.
If M1 does not rotate check the AC voltage at the ACDB. Measure across CN203 pins 6 and 8. In the 47 mode outpit code 50 the reading should be 0 prior
to pressing the print button. Upon pressing the print button the AC V should read around 100 AC V. If the AC V is measured, M1 has failed. Replace M1,
(p/n 4502-9010).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

41

2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Solution ID

TAUS0603897EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
How to program auto shut-off.
Solution
To program auto shut-off, perform the following steps:
1. Power the copier OFF.
2. Power ON the copier while holding down the 2 and 5 buttons.
3. Input 62 from the key pad.
4. Press the P key.
5. Input the desired data:
0 = no shut off
1 = 2 minutes
2 = 6 minutes
3 = 10 minutes.
6. Press the start/print key to set the changed data.
7. Turn the copier OFF/ON.
Solution ID

TAUS0605559EN*

Description
How to adjust the projection lamp intensity (CVR).
Solution
To adjust the exposure intensity, perform the following:
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Locate the CVR board at the top center of the rear cover, to the left of the main CB.
3. Locate the variable resistor labeled V.ADJ on the CVR board.
4. Turn the machine power on.
5. Make a copy of the potential test chart (p/n 00VD-2002).
6. Adjust the variable resistor until the 0.1 blocks of the chart are not visible but the 0.2 blocks are.
7. Close the rear cover.
Solution ID

TAUS0600989EN*

Description
The cooling fans continue to run more than 30 minutes after the copier is powered OFF.
Solution
CAUSE: The cooling fans generate electrical noise which effects the timing circuit for fan shut-off.
SOLUTION: Install the surge killer kit (SE97-1440) as outlined in 3290 Technical Bulletin #4A .
Note: This does not apply to the 3290M.
Solution ID

TAUS0602868EN*

Description
P91 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The paper delivery section (exit) or the ADU unit is not fully inserted.
SOLUTION: Verify that the paper delivery unit and ADU unit are fully installed.
Solution ID

TAUS0604420EN*

Description
F41 or F42.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS5 (brake timing) sensor is not changing state. Verify PS5 operation using 47 mode, input code 32. If there is no change in state when PS5 is flagged,
replace it (p/n 370085510).
2. A faulty optics drive motor (M2) caused the optics motor control board (M2CB) to fail leading to the failure codes. Ensure that all optics photosensors are
clean and operating correctly. Ensure that 24V is present at CN77-1 and 5V at CN76-2 on M2CB. Replace M2 (p/n 340080081). If problem persists, replace
M2CB (p/n 3400-7370).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

42

2125
Solution ID

TAUS0611440EN*

Solution Usage

614

Description
How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default.
Solution
For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 12.0 EPROM required on the main CB).
Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off for a model 2125, perform the following steps:
1. Install EPROM (p/n 212512-14.6) in the main CB at IC2.
Note: EPROM (p/n 212513-14.0) must be installed at IC3.
2. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
3 = 120 minute auto shut-off
4 = 240 minute auto shut-off
5 = NO auto shut-off
The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 .
Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11.
The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected.
The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated.
Note: If the machine resets to the default settings after installing the correct firmware and programming the 25 mode as listed above, reseat the two EPROMs
and the memory IC.
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0600716EN*

Solution Usage

102

Description
Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor
[separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona
unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 .
2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below
12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed.
Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the
electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact.
4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar
sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a
steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet
and the underside of the plate.
5. If the corona currents are set incorrectly, set the corona currents to specification. Refer to [[2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7| IMAGE
V:\bitmaps\djc019.bmp SCROLL].
6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness.
7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged.
9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate.
10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the
motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse.
11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02.
Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read.
12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points.
13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints.
14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

43

2125
charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable.

* Trademark ownership information


Solution ID

TAUS0603890EN*

Solution Usage

74

Description
The lead edge half of copy is faded. The remainder of the copy has proper density.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Failed electrode input connector (white block) and possible HV(B) failure. Replace the electrode connector (p/n 540073231). Then replace HV(B) (p/n
35AE84020] if necessary.
2. The charge correction board ground plate is not making full contact with drum shaft. Reform the ground plate and insure proper ground to the charge
correction board.
Solution ID

TAUS0602423EN*

Solution Usage

66

Solution Usage

45

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the key pad.
4. Press the start/print key.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0604327EN*

Description
F43 or F55.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN29 is not fully connected on the CVR board. Reconnect CN29.
2. Poor connection the the paper feed restart sensor (PS4). Verify PS4 using the 47 mode, input code 38. Inspect the connections and wiring from PS4 to
the main CB. Replace PS4 (p/n 540085510) if necessary.
3. A loose pin on CN391. CN391 is a 6 pin connector using only 5 pins it located on the left side of the operation panel.
This connector is part of the AC loop connecting the main switch, interlock switches and main relay (RL1). Ensure all pins on CN391 are fully seated.
4. Relay 1 failure. Ensure that there is 24V DC between the red and blue wires on the relay to energize the coil. If the relay is energized, there should be
115V AC hot measured from each black wire on the relay to the AC neutral. Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460).
5. After optics reset at power up, L1 stays ON. This causes L1 to open and F2 on the ACDB to open. The F55 is then displayed. Remove the fuser unit and
ensure that it is moving freely and that the main drive is rotating freely. Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and F2 with a properly rated 3.15A fuse.
6. CVR failure. Check the L1 FB signal at the main CB CN28-1. The signal should be HI in idle mode with power applied. If the signal is LO, the CVR is
dragging down the 5V DC from the main CB. Replace the CVR (p/n 540083510).
7. Open exposure lamp (F43 code ONLY).
Verify by removing L1 and checking it for continuity. Replace the exposure lamp (p/n 25BA83010).
Note: Install L1 with the end that has the manufacturer's label toward the front of the main body, and the sealing tip (nipple) pointing away from the reflector,
toward the paper exit side.
Solution ID

TAUS0603637EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. At installation, if the CVR is set to a low data value (00 or 01) and the baffles are closed significantly, the CVR can be adjusted to compensate.
As a temporary countermeasure, perform the following:
a. Clean locking material, on the CVR board, from VR1; access 36 mode, code 80, PRINT; set P5 (CVR data) to 64.
b. Reset the drum counter.
c. Place meter leads, on the CVR board, between CN393-3 (gray) and CN393-1 (black).
d. Access 47 mode, code 00, PRINT.
e. Turn VR1 until 57V AC is indicated on the meter. CCW to decrease; CW to increase.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

44

2125
f. Power off and lock VR1.
Note: If the adjustment does not change the copy quality, replace the CVR board (p/n 540083510).
2. The PTL lamp is ON. The PTL should only be ON in extremely high humidity environments or copy quality problems will occur.
To turn the lamp OFF, set 25 mode, P11 to 0.
3. 16lb paper is the main paper source. 20lb paper is OK.
If 16lb paper is the main source, then set transfer and separation currents to the lower value, but stay within specification.
Transfer -90 30A DC (do not go below -60)
Separation 305 30A AC (do not go below -275)
Note: Setting these values lower will adversely effect the performance of 20lb and higher.
4. No toner addition during copy cycle or in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). The drum carriage is not completely inserted.
Reseat the drum carriage and inspect CN50 (rear of the machine) and CN12 (below the operation panel, above the toner hopper) for proper connection.
5. No toner addition during copy cycle. The toner motor (M6) operates normally in diagnostics.
Debris is covering PS1 or it failed. Inspect and clean PS1. If the problem persists, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040).
6. Incorrect toner was added to the copier.
Purge the developing/toning system and add the correct supplies.
7. The developing bias is out of adjustment.
Adjust the developing bias to -150V DC. To adjust the bias, perform the following:
a. Adjust the bias shift level to LO by pressing the P key and the 0 key at the same time.
b. Power the machine OFF.
c. Connect the positive lead of the multimeter to CN65-1 and ground (TP6) of the main CB.
d. Set the multimeter range to read 200V DC.
e. Use 47 mode, output code 10.
f. Adjust VR1 on the main CB to achieve -150V DC.
g. Press the Stop/Clear button.
h. Power OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0602902EN*

Solution Usage

42

Description
F23 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: The toner hopper is binding.
SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assembly (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171).
To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then, check the operation using the 47 mode, code 01, to
spin the motor.
Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. If this occurs, the hopper will function
normally for a while before binding reoccurs.
Solution ID

TAUS0603226EN*

Solution Usage

41

Description
ST102, J32 or J72. Accordion jam occurs at the sorter entrance.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 on the sorter CB and fuse F4 on the main CB (28V DC) are open. If either fuse is open check M201 for binding. If necessary replace M201 (p/n
197580011).
2. The sorter entrance guide plate is deformed, interfering with the paper. Reform the guide plate.
3. The paper pass detect photosensor (PS201) is dirty, misaligned or requires adjustment. Clean PS201 (located in the bottom of the sorter frame cavity)
and adjust while in idle mode:
a. Turn VR3 fully clockwise (LED 1 should be off or dim).
b. Then turn VR3 counterclockwise until LED 1 lights.
c. Adjust VR3 scale two gradations past the point where the LED lights.
If the adjustment cannot be performed (no change of state), replace PS201 (p/n 059085510) and LED201 (p/n 059085530).
4. Damaged sorter bins. If the bin mounting clips break, the (paper) bracket guides (p/n 059046110) will not covey paper into the individual bins. Replace
the damaged sorter bins (p/n 059046160)
Note: To remove the bins, lift them up in front before pulling them out; this releases the clips.
5. Erroneous data in memory. Perform memory reinitialization ( 47 mode, code 92).
Caution: Drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values.
6. Model 2130 EPROMs are installed. Feed timing is affected, as well as sorter operation. Replace EPROMs with those for the model 2125. If problems
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

45

2125
remain, replace the main CB (p/n 35AE-9010).
7. The drive motor speed is not set correctly. To adjust M201 (ST102 only) speed, use 47 mode, code 70. Set the voltage between TP7 and TP1 to 1.55V
DC 0.5. To increase the motor speed turn VR2 clockwise.
8. If the paper speed appears to slow down as the copy enters the bins, the conveyance system may be binding which causes the drive motor (M201) to
labor, resulting in IC13 on the sorter CB to heat up and possibly fail. Confirm that the vertical conveyance belt and drive belt are not too tight and check for
binding in the sorter conveyance system:
With power OFF, rotate the conveyance motor by hand and check for binding or varying tension and repair. If necessary, replace the sorter CB (p/n
0590-9011; p/n 0590-9011 (ST102A)) and M201 (p/n 197580011) AS A SET. Ensure that no drive system binds exist prior to replacement.
Solution ID

TAUS0600704EN*

Solution Usage

28

Solution Usage

25

Description
Corona current specifications.
Solution
MODEL 2125 drum currents:
Charge (-680 30A DC)
Transfer (-90 30A DC)
Separation (305 30A AC)
2125/2130 corona currents adjustment chart.
Solution ID

TAUS0600885EN*

Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sorter drive system binding or PS202 set incorrectly. Adjust PS202 per ST205/205S Technical Bulletin #5A. Clean and lubricate the bushings in the
main drive system. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
2. Sorter CB dipswitches are set incorrectly. Set the sorter CB dipswitches to: 1-1 ON; 2, 3, 4 OFF.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

46

2130
Solution ID

TAUS0600596EN*

Solution Usage

412

Description
How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default.
Solution
For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 13.0 EPROM required on the main CB).
Per. 2125/2130 Technical bulletin 2.
Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off, perform the following steps:
1. Install EPROM (p/n 213012-15.5) in the main CB at IC2.
2. Set 25 mode, P62 to:
3 = 120 minute auto shut-off
4 = 240 minute auto shut-off
5 = NO auto shut-off
The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 ,.
This EPROM must be used with 213013-15.0 at IC3 on the main CB.
Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11.
The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected.
The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated.
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0600717EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor
[separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona
unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 .
2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below
12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed.
Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the
electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact.
4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar
sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a
steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet
and the underside of the plate.
5. The corona currents are set incorrectly. Set the corona currents to specification. Refer to 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7 .
6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness.
7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged.
9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate.
10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the
motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse.
11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02.
Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read.
12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points.
13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints.
14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no
charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

47

2130
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0600697EN*

Solution Usage

37

Solution Usage

34

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the key pad.
4. Press the start/print key.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0603552EN*

Description
How to add toner, 2130.
Solution
When adding toner, make sure toner cartridge has 2125, 2130, 3135, 4145, 4155 or 4255 (PCUA 947-228)
1. Remove the thin clear/pinkish plastic shield.
2. Insert cartridge as directed on label onto the toner hopper.
3. Pull the green slide toward you, away from the copier, this motion will unlock both the toner cartridge, and the toner box.
4. Tap on all sides of the cartridge (do not squeeze).
5. When a hollow sound is heard, slide green slide towards the copier, and remove the empty cartridge.
6. The empty cartridge can be discarded in the trash.
Note: If the customer has difficulty moving the green toner lever when adding toner, remove the toner cartridge and place a small amount of pressure on the
toner hopper inlet plate. While pressing the inlet plate, move the green lever away from its location. Advise customer to move the lever back and forth a few
times before installing the toner cartridge.
Solution ID

TAUS0607674EN*

Solution Usage

28

Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The programming is incorrect. On the sorter CB, ensure that hardware dipswitch 1-1 is ON, and all other switches are OFF. In the 25 mode, ensure that
software dipswitches P03, and P59 are set to 5.
2. The exit sensor (PS202) is out of adjustment. Perform the sensor adjustment.
a. Power OFF the copier and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB.
b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required.
c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise.
d. Set hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including the lower linked interlock (MS203).
e. Power ON the copier while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer
has reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer.
f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; LED A should be OFF. If not, block the LED 202 light path to PS202 with a piece of copy paper.
g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights; then, continue turning one mark beyond that point.
h. Reset hardware dipswitches 1 and 2, reinstall the rear cover, and check sorter operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins.
3. The sorter has a level 16 EPROM installed. Install the level 18 EPROM (p/n ST20563-18.0) on the sorter CB.
4. The conveyance shaft holders are dry, causing the shafts to bind. Clean and lube the conveyance shaft holders.
5. The indexer height is out of adjustment. Verify the indexer height , and retime the indexer pulleys (the timing belt may have jumped out of position).
6. The exit drive gear is worn and needs replacing. As a temporary countermeasure, remove the exit rollers attached to left side door. Replace the exit drive
gear (p/n 048677080).
Solution ID

TAUS0602034EN*

Solution Usage

19

Description
F23 while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: Toner hopper binding.
SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assemby (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171).
To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then check operation using 47 mode, code 01, to spin
the motor.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

48

2130
Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. The hopper will function normally for a
while then the bind will come back.
Solution ID

TAUS0611958EN*

Solution Usage

19

Solution Usage

14

Solution Usage

14

Description
F54 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Main fan motor (M11) is binding (will not turn freely by hand).
SOLUTION: Replace M11 (p/n 25AA80540).
Solution ID

TAUS0602468EN*

Description
Latest EPROM level, 2130.
Solution
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0602862EN*

Description
F55 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Main CB EPROM is not seated properly.
Reseat EPROM on the main CB.
2. Connection failure or corrosion build-up at CN51 to the main switch (SW1).
Clean and repair the connector as necessary.
3. Loss of 24V DC from the DC power supply.
Replace the DC supply (p/n 540084513).
4. CN28 on the main CB is loose. CN28 contains a zero cross reference signal that is interrupted.
Reseat CN28 and verify copier operation.
5. Poorly seated CN69 on the ACDB, resulting in no 24V DC power supply to RL1.
SOLUTION: To check CN69 on the ACDB, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove CN69 from the ACDB.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN69 on the ACDB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN69 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires
are properly attached to the connector.
d. Reseat CN69 on the ACDB.
Solution ID

TAUS0604232EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
DF305, J62.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS302 (entrance sensor) is not adjusted to the correct voltage. Adjust VR1 two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights. An alternate method is to
adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP-3 (ground).
2. SD301 is not energizing due to a poor electrical connection on the RADF CB; causing the paper feed lift plate not to move. Reseat CN903-1 and 903-2 on
the RADF CB.
3. The infeed guide plate is deformed. Reform the guide plate.
4. If the problem occurs as the last original is fed, the original feed set solenoid (SD301) has failed. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530).
5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation.
All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical
Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom.
To repair the motor mounts, perform the following:
a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy
required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally.
b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

49

2130
I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol.
II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder.
III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear).
IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear.
V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder.
VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance).
The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

50

2223
Solution ID

TAUS0611406EN*

Solution Usage

698

Description
How to program auto shut-off and low power modes.
Solution
To activate auto shut-off, set 25 mode, address 20:
0 = ON
1 = OFF
To program auto shut-off delay time, set 25 mode, address 62:
0 = 30 min.
1 = 60 min.
2 = 90 min.
3 = 120 min.
With EPROM 2223138-18.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 150 minutes by setting 25 mode, P19 to 5 (auto low power
activates after 30 minutes of non-use) and P07 to 1 (adds 120 minutes to the original 30 minutes). [2223 Technical Bulletin #3] outlines the EPROM and
associated enhancements.
With EPROM 2223138-19.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 240 minutes by setting 25 mode, P03 to 2 to add 210 minutes to
the original 30 minutes.
Restrictions: Version 19.1 EPROM must be used with 2223139-13.0 or higher.
Notes:
1. Low power mode cannot be completely disabled.
2. When auto low power is activated, the copier requires approximately 30 seconds to come to ready.
3. Setting 25 mode, P07 to 1 also adds 120 minutes to the auto shut-off time programmed in 25 mode P62. For example, if P62 is set to a 3, and P07 to a 1,
then the auto shut off time has been extended to 240 minutes.
4. 18.1 & 19.1 version EPROMs are the only versions that include the time extensions for the low power mode.
5. This solution identified as a common problem by Phillip d'Ayral, Konica BT Miami.
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0605017EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
How to program small original detection.
Solution
To program small original detection, perform the following:
1. Switch copier OFF.
2. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), P45 to 'x' (where 'x' is the desired default).
2. Enter the desired data:
0 = 8.5x11R selected with small original
1 = 5.5x8.5 selected with small original
2 = 8.5x11 selected with small original
3. Press the Copy button to enter the data change.
4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0604990EN*

Solution Usage

70

Description
F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect).
Solution
CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 .
SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess
toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer.
2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51).
Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code.
Solution ID

TAUS0611703EN*

Solution Usage

57

Description
Intermittent F28 and blank copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. High voltage arcing.
To eliminate the source of arcing:
a. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks.
b. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding).
c. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block (p/n 25HA45031) and replace if necessary.
d. Ensure that the transfer guide plate (p/n 25HA-4561) is not bent and excessively close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm
above the inside bottom of the corona shell.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

51

2223
2. The corona currents are not set to specification.
To adjust the corona currents, perform the following:
a. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage.
b. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch.
c. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right.
d. Connect the black lead to frame ground.
e. Set meter to A DC.
f. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02.
g. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC.
h. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right.
i. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC.
j. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right.
k. Set meter to A AC.
l. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC.
Notes:
I. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black
meter lead is still used for ground (GND).
II. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame.
VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole.
3. Multiple devices on the same AC source.
Instruct the end user concerning powerline problems and the need for a dedicated line.
4. Loose connection from the main CB to the high voltage unit.
Reseat CN10 on the main CB and verify that 24V DC is present at CN10-1, 8V DC is present at CN10-3. During the copy process, voltage at CN10-3 should
drop to 0V DC.
Solution ID

TAUS0605497EN*

Solution Usage

54

Solution Usage

48

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2223.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0604881EN*

Description
J93 when duplexing. Paper jams at the entrance to the duplexer.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the main body drive gears is not in contact with the ADU drive.
Open the ADU access cover and verify that the inner conveyance changeover roller shaft turns when using diagnostics (47 mode, code 40). If not, check the
drive train.
Note: On the main body rear cover there are 3 small drive gear covers which prevent drive between the main body and the drawer base. Remove drive gear
covers (A), (B), and (C). Refer to the DB307 installation instructions, pg. E-2, step 2 under Installation Procedure.
2. Incorrect 25 mode data setting. In an attempt to program ECM mode, the 25 mode, address P05 data is changed. The 2223 is not equipped with ECM
mode.
Set 25 mode, P05 to 5. If this address is set to a different value, ADU feed timing is affected, resulting in J93 codes.
Solution ID

TAUS0605084EN*

Solution Usage

37

Description
How to program ECM, 2223.
Solution
The model 2223 does not have ECM capabilities. The 2223 non-volatile memory capacity is not sufficient enough to incorporate this function. The 25 mode
addresses 72 to 79 are not used on the 2223 for the ECM Master Key Code, but are used to program a Master Key Code for access to the Service Control
Operation mode (technician function only).
Solution ID

TAUS0617564EN*

Solution Usage

37

Description
2223T, after installing a coin vending system and changing the message language selection to French, using the 25 mode, address 14, with EPROM level
C1-11 35EX and C2-12 35EX installed in the machine [P81 BOURRAE DE PAPER] (remove paper jam) is displayed while the machine is in the idle state. If
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

52

2223
money is inserted at this time, the machine will initiate a copy cycle. Proper message should read INSERRE MONNAIE (insert coin) during the idle state.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware bug.
SOLUTION: Install the 2223T special ROM for French language correction, which is available on the Konica web site (2223t-13.exe), access KBT's Home
Page (http://www.koniccabt.com).
Solution ID

TAUS0612089EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
Sorter conveyance unit information.
Solution
Install the 1015 paper conveyance unit (PCUA 947119) when installing a sorter on a 2223 with a pedestal stand or a DB607 (LCT+PFU).
The DB107 (ADU) and DB307 (ADU+LCT+PFU) have a paper conveyance unit included. If the conveyance unit is lost prior to installation, it must be built
from individual parts as the assemblies are not available. The only solution in this situation is to refer to the DB107/307/607 parts catalog and order the
individual parts for each assembly. Contact part number information at 1-800-825-5664 ext 2649 for assistance.
The difference between the two paper conveyance units is that the 1015 conveyance unit is front gear drive and the 2223 conveyance unit is rear gear drive.
Solution ID

TAUS0614599EN*

Solution Usage

34

Description
2223T, P81 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Key counter is enabled in the 25 mode.
To disable the key counter in the 25 mode, perform the following:
A. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P5 to 2, then press START PRINT.
B. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through a connector located on the lower, rear cover of the copier. If a coin box is
not installed, a P81 code will occur.
2. The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through CN77-A, which is located on the rear of the machine.
The P81 code will be eliminated after inserting CN77-B (p/n 26AA90270) into CN77-A. The CN77-B connector is the standard key counter loop connector
found in all Konica copiers.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

53

2230
Solution ID

TAUS0607857EN*

Solution Usage

26

Description
Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed
connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and
shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 35FE03900. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for
additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the
following:
1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode].
3. Press the OK key.
4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment].
5. Press the OK key.
6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy).
7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value.
8. Press the OK button.
9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies.
10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen.
11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished.
12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0605190EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
ST103 cannot be mounted on a plain stand.
Solution
CAUSE: There are no cut outs in the side of the original plain stands (PCUA 947-439) to accomodate the ST103 (PCUA 947-145) brackets.
SOLUTION: The stands have been modified to accomodate this sorter. The modified stands can be identified by a red dot on the stand shipping box. All
stands in boxes labeled 2230/2330/3240/3340 copier stand have also been modified.
If a non-modified base was received, contact Order Processing at x2267 and explain the situation. This will be handled as a part mispick.
Note: Stands without a red dot on the box can be used for all applications except for the installation of an ST103.
Solution ID

TAUS0605460EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults.
Solution
To set 1:1 mode as the default:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press 1: Initial settings.
3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key.
4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
To program auto shut-off mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
To eliminate the auto shut-off feature:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK.
4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

54

2230
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
Solution ID

TAUS0605903EN*

Solution Usage

17

Description
How to program platen default paper sizes.
Solution
To program the machine to default to a specific paper size (APS and AMS turned OFF) when the RADF is lifted, perform the following:
1. Access the key operator mode (power ON, while pressing the OK key)
2. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [8: Memory switch setting] and press the OK key.
3. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [11: Platen APS] and press the OK key.
4. Press either arrow key until OFF is displayed, then press the OK key.
5. Power the machine OFF to exit the help mode.
6. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
7. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key.
8. Scroll to, and set the software dipswitches as the follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
6-0 to 1 (platen APS switching to 8.5x11); 6-0 to 0 for 5.5x8.5R
8-1 to 1 (no AMS selection when APS released)
9. Set software dipswitches 8-4, 8-5 and 8-6 to select the tray with the paper size you desire. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input to
select a specific tray.
DIPSW
TRAY
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: No preference
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 1: Bypass tray
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: Tray 1
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 2
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 3
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 4
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 5
10. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0611356EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
Intermittent F34-x, F35-x and F36-x during operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The PFU DB is damaged, causing erratic fuser error codes and TH1 to intermittently open. On the PFU DB there are tray size detect switches which
receive vibration from the paper feed tray during copier operation. CN44 of the PFU DB and the connector terminal of the main wiring contact each other due
to the vibration, resulting in contact failure and possible connector damage.
SOLUTION: Replace the PFU DB (p/n 40AA-9060).
Notes:
1. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #13 .
2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0605494EN*

Solution Usage

12

Solution Usage

11

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2230.
Solution
To clear fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machne OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON).
2. Select 1: Software switch set mode? and press the OK key.
3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
3-5 to 0: resets F34 code
3-6 to 0: resets F35 code
3-7 to 0: resets F36 code
4. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately
Solution ID

TAUS0612496EN*

Description
F10-1 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: CN11 on the main CB is not fully seated and/or a wire has backed out of the connector.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

55

2230
SOLUTION: Verify that the wires are properly installed and the connector is fully seated.
Solution ID

TAUS0605452EN*

Solution Usage

10

Description
How to program ECM, 2230.
Solution
To program ECM mode:
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK.
3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK.
4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK.
5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF.
6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on.
7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset).
9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode.
Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately
after the password was entered.
To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier.
2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK.
4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous).
Solution ID

TAUS0606339EN*

Solution Usage

10

Solution Usage

Description
Please load paper in tray 1 message displayed. The tray is filled with paper.
Solution
CAUSE: The contact detect actuator is damaged, inhibiting the paper detect actuator (p/n 40AA40073) movement.
SOLUTION: Remove the paper feed assembly and replace the contact detect actuator (p/n 40AA40082).
CAUTION:
After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following:
1. Power the copier OFF.
2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase.
3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P.
4. Press the START PRINT button.
5. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button.
6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P.
7. Press the START PRINT button.
8. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button.
9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed.
Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator.
Solution ID

TAUS0608526EN*

Description
Universal paper tray is indicating metric sizes.
Solution
CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination:
2-7 = 0
3-0 = 0
3-1 = 0
3-2 = 1
Notes:
1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display.
To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK.
Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button.
Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button.
A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
2. The destination code must be set for USA.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

56

2230

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

57

2330
Solution ID

TAUS0604911EN*

Solution Usage

106

Solution Usage

47

Description
How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults.
Solution
To set 1:1 mode as the default:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press 1: Initial settings.
3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key.
4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
To program auto shut-off mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
To eliminate the auto shut-off feature:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK.
4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
Solution ID

TAUS0606335EN*

Description
PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower
guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n
40AA77270).
To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following:
a. Power OFF the copier.
b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body.
c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when
viewed from the front of the copier.
d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier.
e. Power ON the copier.
Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is
closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft
breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 35GE03351. A
countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit.
The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the
exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper.
Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information.
2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover.
Remove the jam.
Solution ID

TAUS0611773EN*

Solution Usage

33

Description
How to program ECM, 2330.
Solution
To program ECM mode:
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

58

2330
3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK.
4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK.
5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF.
6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on.
7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset).
9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode.
Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately
after the password was entered.
To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier.
2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK.
4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous).
Solution ID

TAUS0605623EN*

Solution Usage

30

Solution Usage

30

Description
How to program paper tray sizes.
Solution
To program paper tray sizes, perform the following procedure:
1. Access the 25 mode (turn machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Select #2, PAPER SIZE SETTING MODE, press OK.
3. Select the tray to be programmed, (i.e. tray 2 is the first tray below the universal tray) and press OK.
4. Use arrows to select desired size, and press OK.
5. Repeat steps 3 & 4 for additional trays.
6. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0606364EN*

Description
PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) message when using APS through the ADF or platen glass.
Solution
CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination:
2-7 = 0
3-0 = 0
3-1 = 0
3-2 = 1
To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK.
Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button.
Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button.
A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
Note 1: Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however in AMS mode the image will reduce to 97% if metric paper is copied onto from an identicle
sized metric original.
Note 2: The destination code must be set for USA.
Solution ID

TAUS0606899EN*

Solution Usage

26

Description
Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display.
Solution
CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD.
SOLUTION: Replace theLCD board (p/n 35FE-7102).
Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 35GE05001. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for
additional information.
Solution ID

TAUS0606305EN*

Solution Usage

25

Description
How to clear a fuser failure code (F34, F35, F36).
Solution
To clear fuser failure codes, perform the following:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

59

2330
1. Power the copier OFF.
2. While pressing both the 2 and 5 keys, power the copier ON. The memory setting mode menu will appear with 1. Software switch set mode displayed.
3. Press OK.
4. Press the up and down arrows to display the correct software dipswitch setting for the jam code: dipswitch 3-5 for F34, dipswitch 3-6 for F35, or dipswitch
3-7 for F36.
5. Press on/off to change the dip switch data from 1 to 0.
6. Turn the copier off then on to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0606624EN*

Solution Usage

24

Description
How to add toner, 2330.
Solution
To add toner, perform the following:
1. Vigorously shake the new toner cartridge, then remove the flexible outer cap (if present).
2. Open the copier front door, and pull toner unit out 90 degrees to the right.
3. Invert the toner cartridge over the unit with arrow pointing toward you, inserting it to the rear then to the front, until it is fully seated within the toner hopper.
4. Press down on rear of cartridge and slowly slide the toner release lever fully toward you to release toner, then move the lever back and forth a few times
alternating with Step 5.
5. Tap cartridge several times to free the toner, until cartridge is empty.
6. Remove and discard empty cartridge.
7. Push toner unit back to original position.
8. Close the copier front door.
The procedure above is outlined on a decal located inside the front door of the machine. The User's Reference Guide maintenance, and supplies section
explains how to add toner.
Note: Toner is very fine plastic powder, if toner gets on clothing, brush it off. DO NOT rub forcefully or use any liquid to remove toner from clothing, the toner
may permanently fuse to clothing.
Solution ID

TAUS0606117EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
The universal tray does not lift the paper or the copier does not recognize the universal cassette..
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The contact detect actuator or the paper detect actuator is bent or cracked causing it to remain in the tray upper limit detecting photosensor (PD1), falsely
detecting that the paper has lifted.
Remove the paper feed unit (p/n 40AA-4000) to inspect the contact detect (p/n 40AA40082) and paper detect (p/n 40AA40073) actuators. Replace either, if
cracked or malformed.
2. The paper regulating (L) plate is broken where the upper, middle, and lower paper detect actuators make contact.
Replace the paper regulating (L) plate (p/n 40AA47105).
CAUTION:
After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following:
1. Power the copier OFF.
2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase.
3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P.
4. Press the START PRINT button.
5. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button.
6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P.
7. Press the START PRINT button.
8. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button.
9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed.
Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator.
Solution ID

TAUS0606583EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper remains in the ADU.
SOLUTION: To clear the message, perform the following:
1. Pull out the drawer labeled ADU.
2. Pull up on the ADU top cover (bright green decal designates area to hold when lifting the cover).
3. Remove paper.
4. Lower the ADU cover and push in the ADU drawer.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

60

2330

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

61

2560 Print System


Solution ID

TAUS0900830EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program.
Solution
Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program .
Items that can be returned :

bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C351/C450/C450P
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C300/C352/C352P
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C451/C550/C650
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P
Toner Cartridges CMYK
Waste Toner Box
Items that cannot be returned :
Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500.
Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many
recycling centers will accept.
Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On
PagePro 1100 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 1200/1250 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 1300 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PagePro 4100 Series
Toner Cartridge
PageWorks/Pro 6 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PageWorks/Pro 8 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PageWorks/Pro 12 Series
Toner Cartridge
OPC Drum
PageWorks/Pro 18 Series
Toner Cartridge
PageWorks/Pro 20 Series
Toner Cartridge
PageWorks/Pro 25 Series
Toner Cartridge
QMS 1060 Series
Toner Cartridge
QMS 2060 Series
Toner Cartridge
QMS 2560 Series
Toner Cartridge
Color Printers/All-In-Ones
magicolor 330 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 2200/2210 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
OPC Drum
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

62

2560 Print System


magicolor 2300 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 2400 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 2500 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 3100 Series
Imaging Unit
magicolor 3300 Series
Imaging Unit
magicolor 5400 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
magicolor 7300 Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black
Color PageWorks Series
Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black
OPC Drum
Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many
recycling centers will accept.
IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in
Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling
Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0802920EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System (2560_op_7_7-9.htm)
Solution
Solution Number: 2560_op_7_7-9
Last Updated: 03/21/01

Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System


The following instructions apply to both the stacker/stapler/hole punch and the mailbox/stapler/hole punch.
1. Press the knob on the stapler unit well door to open the door.
The well door is located on the upper-right side of the stacker/stapler/hole punch or mailbox/stapler/hole punch.
2. Using the green handle, pull the stapler unit out of the well.
3. While pressing down the green lever, pull out the staple cartridge.
4. Remove the empty staple clip from the staple cartridge.
5. Load a new staple clip into the staple cartridge, and carefully peel off the seal.
6. Insert the new staple cartridge into the stapler unit until it clicks into place.
7. Align the arrows, and firmly push the stapler unit down into the well.
8. Press and turn the knob to lock the cover.

Solution ID

TAUS0804237EN*

Description
Installing the Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 PostScript Printer Description (PPD), on the 2560 Print System for use with the Microsoft driver.
Solution
Pre-installation Notes :
1. During this install, you will prompted for you Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM to retrieve files. Please have this CD-ROM readily available before
beginning this setup procedure.
2. If you are printing in a parallel environment, make sure that the parallel cable is less than 10 feet long (6 feet recommended) and that cable is in good
working order and is securely connected to your PC and printer.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

63

2560 Print System


Installation Instructions :
1. Download the 2560nppd.exe driver file for use with the Windows NT 4.0 (Intel) Level 2 printer driver from the Corporate Web Site.
These instructions assume that you will be installing to an Intel machine. If you have an Alpha machine or a PowerPC, you will download the PPD
(PostScript Printer Description) for your particular platform.
2. Create a folder on your NT 4.0 PC on the desktop and name it driver.
3. Copy the file 2560nppd.exe into C:WINNT\PROFILES.....\DESKTOP\driver. After the file has been copied to the new folder, double-click 2560nppd.exe to
extract the driver within the folder. At this point, we are ready to begin the driver installation using the Microsoft Printer Add Wizard.
4. At the desktop, with all applications closed, go to the Start menu, select Settings, then Printers.
5. Select Add Printer.
6. Select My Computer and Next. (see image below)
To simplify these instructions, we will point the driver to LPT1. Instructions for printing over the network will be provided after the driver installation is
complete in the Related Documents section.
7. Choose LPT1 from the list of available ports then select Next (see image below).
8. Choose Have Disk... (see image below).
9. At this point, type in the path to the driver that was previously downloaded (see image below).
10. You can also select the Browse button and browse to your downloaded driver (see image below).
11. Once the downloaded driver is located, the Oemsetup file will appear in the Locate File window. Click on the Open button (see image below).
12. The Install From Disk dialogue box will appear indicating the path that the PC will use to install the driver. Select the OK button. (see image below)
13. In the Add Printer Wizard dialogue box, the 2560 printer will be made available for you to select. Either highlight the printer by selecting on it and click on
the Next button, as shown in the image below, or double click the printer in the list and you will advance to the next step.
14. Once the printer has been selected, the Add Print Wizard will prompt you to name the printer. You can use the default printer name, or you may assign it
a name of your choice. Once a printer name has been selected, you can set the printer to be the default printer for the PC you are installing the driver too. The
default setting is No. Select the OK button (see image below).
15. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you whether to share the printer on the network. At this time, take the default Not shared and select the Next button to
continue (see image below).
Sharing the printer over the network will be addressed at the end of this driver installation procedure in the Related Documents section.
16. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you to print a test page.
- If you are printing parallel to your printer and you have a parallel cable hooked from your PC to your printer, select Yes at this point, then select the Finish
button
- If you are printing on a network or the printer is not hooked directly to the computer you are installing this driver on, select No then the Finish Button. (see
image below)
17. Once the driver begins to load, the Files Needed dialogue box , as shown below, will appear requesting a file from your Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM. Place
this CD-ROM into your PC.
18. Once the NT 4.0 CD-ROM has been placed in your computer, browse to the CD-ROM, and go to the I386 folder and select OK. (see image below)
19. The Add Printer Wizard at this point will go to your NT 4.0 CD-ROM and install the necessary files to your PC. The installation at this point is complete if
you are printing Parallel.
Related Document(s):
Configuring the LPR (Line Printer Requester)Port for network printing in Windows NT 4.0 environment
Sharing a printer from Windows NT

Solution ID

TAUS0801791EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to change the printer name.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

64

3035
Solution ID

TAUS0600452EN*

Solution Usage

468

Solution Usage

164

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the keypad.
4. Press the start/print key.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0600923EN*

Description
F43 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The optics temperature fuse is open. Replace the fuse (p/n 540088412).
2. The L1 terminals are not making proper contact with the lamp. Reinstall the lamp, and ensure that there is good contact from the terminals. Verify that the
lamp pressure spring (p/n 540061690) is not broken or detached.
3. Loose hardware has dropped into the optics area, and is causing the optics to stop short of the restart/brake sensor (PS5). Remove any loose hardware
from the optics area.
4. The optics cable and spring are worn preventing the optics unit from reaching home. Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and spring (p/n 540061480).
Note: If the cable and spring were replaced recently, ensure that the optics positioning jig is used (p/n 00M6-1-00).
5. The glass stopper plate assembly is malformed, and the exposure unit is contacting it. See 3035 [[Technical Bulletin #33| IMAGE
V:\BITMAPS\JRC071.BMP SCROLL]. Order the new style glass stopper plate assembly (p/n 5400-6363), and scale plate assembly (p/n 0481-1201).
6. The optics slide shaft holder has dislodged from the main reflector base assembly. This causes the lamp assembly to bind on the optics shaft. Reposition
the optics slide shaft holder.
7. F43 intermittently. Faulty/binding toner motor (M6). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper and toner hopper drive gears. Replace toner motor.
There is a new toner motor kit available (p/n 5400-K120). Order the new style toner motor cover also (p/n 540032191). See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
8. The optics cable, optics shaft, and optics bushings are worn. Replace the optics cable (p/n 540061111), optics shaft (p/n 540061090), and the optics
bushings (p/n 540076042).
9. The machine has an old style AC driver board. Upgrade the AC driver board to the new style (p/n 5400-9085). The new style is identified by the letter T
on IC2. The new style boards were put into production starting with s/n 542224652.
10. The optics drive motor (M2) has failed.
Inspect the optics drive motor for sluggishness or binding. Replace M2 (p/n 540080020) as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0600800EN*

Solution Usage

89

Description
How to program ECM, 3035.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. In the 25 mode, enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print
button to enter the new data.
2. Set 25 mode, P05 (ECM limit features) based on key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit).
3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit).
5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit).
3. In the standby mode, hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then, access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20.
2: Limit Copy Count.
Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies.
3: Read Copy Count.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

65

3035
Read the current copy count for each password.
4: Account Reset.
Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords.
Solution ID

TAUS0600961EN*

Solution Usage

68

Description
AD205, J94 or J95.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The changeover gate is not open. The spring for the gate solenoid (SD503) has fallen off. Replace the spring (p/n 048642240).
2. The changeover gate is binding and the copies feed back into the ADU stacker. Verify the operation of the gate solenoid (SD503) in the 47 mode, output
code 84. Ensure the changeover gate does not bind.
3. The ADU motor (M501) is running too slow. Replace M501 with the new style motor (p/n 460080031).
4. The paper feed motor (M3) is running too slow. Replace M3 (p/n 5400-4071).
5. The conveyance roller is worn. Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 048645010).
6. There is insufficient pressure against the ADU conveyance roller. Adjust the conveyance roller. See AD205 Techncial Bulletin #5
adjustment to increase the spring pressure equally on both sides of the roller, to provide optimum paper drive.

Note: Use this skew

7. Stray light is entering from the left side where the main body meets the drawer unit. This gap allows excessive light to shine on the photosensors. Use
some form of weather stripping to block the light, or relocate the machine away from the direct light source.
8. The changeover gate is binding against roller (A) (p/n 048645120). Reform the gate to ensure it does not touch roller (A) when it is in the closed position.
Solution ID

TAUS0600962EN*

Solution Usage

63

Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is caused by either incorrect zoning of the paper drawer, or
incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only.
Verify the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540)
and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
2. The bin timing is incorrect.
See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment.
3. The guide bar home position sensor (PS207) has failed.
Ensure that the guide bar moves freely, and flags the sensor. If no change of state from the sensor, replace the sensor (p/n 074084030).
4. The conveyance motor encoder (PS206) has a poor connection.
Reseat CN29 on PS206.
5. The stapler does not cycle to the nonstaple position. There is intermittent contact of the stapler positioning switch (MS206).
Ensure that MS206 is actuating properly.
6. The lower limit sensor flag is loose.
Retighten the sensor flag.
7. The flag which actuates the cam position sensor (PS202) is not turning. The flag should turn with the cam.
Repair as necessary.
8. Error only when feeding from the DB201. There is a timing problem between the drawer base and the main body. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #16 .
Adjust VR1 on the PFU drive board as necessary.
9. There is a poor connection on the sorter CB for the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat all the pins on CN14 on the sorter CB.
10. The rollers on the non-sort conveyance shaft are worn. This causes paper to hesitate when feeding into the bin(s).
Replace the non-sort conveyance shaft (p/n 074045100). As a temporary countermeasure, cover the worn rollers with electrical tape cut to the proper width.
11. The guide bar and lower guide arm are missing from the sorter, therefore the guide bar home position sensor (PS207) is not actuated at power up.
Replace the missing components related to the guide arm. See page 10 of the ST206 parts catalog.
12. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated, this switch detects if the bin unit binds. The switch is located directly above the front helical cam.
Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

66

3035
cam holder is 2.5mm.
13. The stapler interlock switch (MS205) is faulty. The J72 may not occur until after the first copy has been sorted.
Replace MS205 (p/n 074085020).
14. The sorter conveyance drive motor (M201) has failed, which can damage the sorter CB. Replace M201 (p/n 074088050), and the sorter CB (p/n
074089020) at the same time.
15. The sorter DCPS has failed. There is no 24V DC output.
Replace the sorter DCPS (p/n 074089030).
16. The sorter CB has failed.
Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020).
17. CN34 located on the base of the sorter, which is the power supply and logic control interface to the guide bar swing action motor (M203), is not firmly
seated.
To check CN34, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove the splineguide cover (p/n 074042180), on the base of the sorter to gain access to CN34.
c. Disconnect the female and male ends of CN34. Ensure that all pins are firmly inserted into the connector and that the female connector ends are
properly shaped to provide firm contact with the male connector ends.
d. Reseat CN34 together. Power the copier ON and check the guide bar swing action motor for proper operation.
Solution ID

TAUS0600605EN*

Solution Usage

59

Description
F41 or F42.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There are poor electrical connections on the AC driver board for the optics motor (M2).
Reseat CN63 and CN35 on the AC driver board. If necessary insert a meter lead into the pins to ensure good connections with the pins on the board.
2. F41 at the start of print cycle. The scanner does not move from the home position. The optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) set screw, has backed away
from the drive shaft on M2.
Manually move the exposure unit until the set screw is visible in the drive pulley. Tighten the set screw, and test operation in the 47mode, output code 31.
3. The machine has an old style AC driver board.
Check the AC driver board for T (modified version). This eliminates reverse motor voltage feedback. Order the new style board (p/n 5400-9085).
4. The optics does not actuate the reversing timing sensor (PS4). The optics cable was installed without using the optics jig.
Use the optics jig (p/n 00M6-1-00) when replacing the cable.
5. The AC driver board and/or the optics motor (M2) has failed.
Replace the AC driver board, (p/n 5400-9085) and the optics drive motor (p/n 540080020).
6. Fuse F3 on the AC driver board is open.
Check the optics motor (M2) for binding and for any shorting to ground. Replace F3 (3.15A) (p/n E64311-11).
7. The optics drive shaft is warped.
Replace the optics drive shaft (p/n 540061090).
8. Failed optics drive motor (M2).
Replace M2 (p/n 540080020).
Note: The optics scanner will slam to one side when operated in the 47 mode (hold down the 4 and 7 keys at power up), output code 31.
Solution ID

TAUS0600534EN*

Solution Usage

58

Description
Intermittent blank copies.
Solution
Perform the steps necessary to correct the problem:
1. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if motor kit is installed. See 3035
Technical Bulletin #88 .
2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly
stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See
3035 Technical Bulletin #17A .
4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with
the guide plate (p/n 540045331).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

67

3035
5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign
of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate,
clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate.
6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #86 .
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2607) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. Replace the worn components. Front block (p/n
5400-2613) rear block (p/n 5400-2620) front spark arrestor (p/n 540026053) transfer discharge plate (p/n 540026031) separating bridge (p/n 540026111)
discharge wires (p/n 540026080). Caution: Do not use these parts on machines that have been modified according to the developing unit modification
program introduced in Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 & D14 dated 12/19/95. Use only the parts listed in those bulletins. Mod kit T/S corona unit (p/n
M400-2605), Mod kit front block (p/n M400-2610).
8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched.
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n
540073231).
10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 (p/n 5400K0190) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331).
12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed toner may cause this fuse to open.
13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to
-800V DC should be read across the diode.
14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance.
15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the
HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary.
16. If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints. Repair or replace as necessary.
17. Verify the center optics sensor (PS6) operation. Use the 47 mode, input code 35.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0611488EN*

Solution Usage

44

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The main CB has failed.
Check the toner motor control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01; the voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when the start print is pressed.
If there is no change of state, replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120).
Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed.
See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
2. The H-cut plate is dirty.
Clean the H-cut plate.
3. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet
roller in the developing unit to become smooth.
For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation
procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just packing material, but contains parts inside.
4. The toner hopper gears are worn.
Replace the gears (p/n 540077410), (p/n 540077420), and (p/n 312077430). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper.
5. The copier is 4,000+ feet above sea level; this may contribute to poor copy quality. Order EPROM (p/n 303512-21.9). Note: This EPROM must be used
with (p/n 303513-20.0). Set address 7 in the 25 mode to 0. Clean the corona wires, then check the currents. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #89A .
6. A loose ground and connector in the drum carriage is causing a bias problem which is allowing the developer to be pulled from the developing unit.
Verify that all grounds are in place. Add a star washer if necessary. Verify that the bias connector on the developing unit is making proper contact with the
bias pin.
7. CN5 on the main CB, which provides the power supply to the CEL, PTL, and toner density sensor (PS1), is not firmly seated.
To check CN5 on the main CB, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove CN5 from the main CB.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN5 on the main CB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN5 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires
are properly attached to the connector.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

68

3035
d. Reseat CN5 on the main CB. Power the copier ON and check that the toner motor is energized during the copy cycle.
Solution ID

TAUS0600897EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
No toner addition. M6 does not work in the 47 mode.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN8-B9 on main CB is not seated on both sides of connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on main CB.
2. Check the control signal for the toner motor at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01, voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when start print is pressed.
If there is no change of state replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit, (p/n 5400-K120).
Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 .
Solution ID

TAUS0600458EN*

Solution Usage

41

Description
Blank LCD.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor
and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a
permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In
addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is
placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set.
Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81.
2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

69

3135
Solution ID

TAUS0655171EN*

Solution Usage

207

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box.
2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON.
3. Enter 91 using the keypad.
4. From the keypad press P-02-P.
5. Press the start print button.
6. Press the stop/clear button.
7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication.
Solution ID

TAUS0601075EN*

Solution Usage

158

Description
How to default to 8.5x11 for odd-size originals off the glass.
Solution
EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-22.1, 313514-22.1). See 3135 Technical
Bulletin #48 .
Solution ID

TAUS0600132EN*

Solution Usage

113

Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming of hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB. Ensure that all the switches are OFF for normal operation.
2. The circuit breaker on the sorter CB is open. Reset the circuit breaker on the sorter CB.
3. CN33 for the conveyance photosensor (PS206) is disconnected. Reconnect the connector.
4. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the operation of M202 with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does
not respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
5. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Ensure that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter
CB is level 10.0. If not order (p/n ST21162-10.0). Manually move the bin unit off the sensor, and test the sorter operation.
6. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. This actuates the sort bin obstacle detection switch (MS204) over the
front helical cam. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380). Adjust MS204 if
necessary.
7. The code occurs only when the bin unit has risen to bin 19 or 20. The bin unit upper limit microswitch (MS202) is out of position. It is getting actuated
before the bin unit reaches the 20th bin. Reposition MS202 so it is not actuated when the bin unit is at the 20th bin. Caution: Do not position the switch too
far away from the bin unit actuator. This switch prevents the sorter from overdriving; serious damage could occur.
8. The helical cams need lubrication. Lubricate the cams with Plas Guard*. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical
Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
9. The semicircle black actuator for the cam home position sensor (PS202) is out of position. The actuator is located beneath the rear helical cam. Position
the actuator so that the semicircle side is against the frame, and parallel to it.
10. The sorter bins are not timed properly with the cam, or they are damaged and binding. Remove the bins and inspect for damage. Perform the bin/cam
timing adjustment.
11. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
12. The stapler motor (M204) is binding. Attempt to manually rotate the stapler drive gears to ensure free movement. If necessary replace the stapler unit
(p/n 12GQ21490).
13. CN15 on the sorter CB is not connected in the correct position resulting in loss of drive to M202 (bin shift motor).
Reconnect CN15 on the sorter CB.
Note: CN15 can be connected incorrectly by one pin in the up or down direction.
* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

70

3135
Solution ID

TAUS0601274EN*

Solution Usage

94

Description
ST210, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The gate solenoid (SD201) is out of adjustment. Perform the gate solenoid adjustment.
a. Remove the sorter front cover.
b. Remove the sorter top cover.
c. Loosen the set screws for the solenoid.
d. While holding the plunger in, position the solenoid so the clearance between the gate and the top guide is 2 0.3 mm.
2. The bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor (M201) is dirty. Clean the bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor. This bushing holds the drive
shaft that runs front to rear.
3. M201 (conveyance motor) is binding, causing F2 on the sorter CB to open at power up.
Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010) and M201 (p/n 037180010).
4. The exit detecting sensor (PS202) cannot be adjusted. Ensure there is no alignment problem between the exit detecting LED (LED202), and PS202. If
the sensor still cannot be adjusted, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010).
5. PS202 is dirty or out of adjustment.
Clean PS202 (located in the bottom of the sorter below the two conveyance belts). To adjust PS202, perform the following:
a. Remove the rear cover of the sorter exposing the sorter control board.
b. Turn VR1 on the sorter control board fully counterclockwise.
c. Enter the sorter test mode:
I. Power the copier OFF.
II. To enter the exit sensor adjustment mode, record the state of dipswitches 1 and 2, ensuring that they are both set to ON.
III. With the sorter top cover open, power ON the copier while pressing PSW1 on the sorter CB.
IV. Close the top cover and release PSW1.
d. Press PSW1 twice. The indexer moves to the tenth bin.
e. Rotate VR1 clockwise until LED1 is not lit.
f. Rotate VR1 two divisions counterclockwise past the point where LED1 lights.
g. Power the copier OFF.
h. Return DIP switches 1 and 2 on the sorter CB to their original position.
i. Power the copier ON.
6. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down paper conveyance
timing. Remove the flanges from the paper exit roller.
7. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer will then flag the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor
(PS204) should be flagged in idle. Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18.
8. There is marginal contact of the linked interlock (MS203). Adjust the position of MS203. Ensure it is properly actuated.
9. The exit transmit guides and shafts (upper and lower) are worn or dirty. Clean or replace the the upper and lower exit transmit guides (p/n 037115010),
and upper and lower exit transmit shafts (p/n 037115130).
10. The indexer home position sensor (PS204) or the indexer upper limit sensor (PS205) are faulty. Replace the sensors (p/n 037185010) as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0600810EN*

Solution Usage

50

Solution Usage

48

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 3135.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0612180EN*

Description
AD207, J15.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the ADU stacker. This causes the paper to roll up in the stack
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

71

3135
tray. Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so the paper does not contact the plate as it enters the duplex stack tray.
2. The paper feed clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) was installed incorrectly after cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring using the other hole of the stopper
collar (p/n 190040540).
3. The last sheet of paper entering the ADU ends up on top of the hold down plate. The foam pad attached to the holder plate (p/n 12EF42192) is coming off;
causing paper to catch on it. Tape the pad on, or replace the pad (p/n 12EF42233).
4. The paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) in the ADU is malformed slowing the paper down. This plate allows the paper into the ADU stacker. Reform the
paper guide plate for proper operation.
5. A failed PS501 (paper passage detecting). The last sheet into the ADU stacker is on top of the paper feed pressure plate. Note: The problem may only
occur when using the document feeder.
Replace PS501 (p/n 070085510) which is located on the top left side, facing up.
6. Signal wire from PS503 (paper feed) is pinched between the front ADU cover and the frame.
To check PS503 operation, perform the following:
a. Access the 47 multimode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), input code 82, press P-02-P.
b. Actuate PS503 and look for a change of state on the control panel.
c. If no change of state occurs, check the wiring to PS503 and see if it pinched between the front ADU cover (p/n 048610191) and frame ground. If there is
no pinched wire, replace PS503 (p/n 070085510).
Solution ID

TAUS0600811EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
How to disable platen glass APS.
Solution
APS off the glass can be defaulted to either 8.5x11 or 8.5x11R depending on the setting of P06 in the 25 mode. See Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID

TAUS0602507EN*

Solution Usage

41

Solution Usage

39

Description
Latest EPROM level, 3135.
Solution
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0601127EN*

Description
Can the AMS/APS be disabled?
Solution
Firmware version 20.2 contains the programmable AMS/APS feature. Note: AMS/APS cannot be selected/deselected individually, either both options are on
or off. APS off the glass will be defaulted to whatever size is selected (8.5x11, 8.5x11R). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID

TAUS0600598EN*

Solution Usage

33

Description
DF306, J62 or P68.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first set of conveyance rollers are turning too slow. Clean the shaft holders with alcohol, then lubricate shaft holders for the first set of conveyance
rollers.
2. A non OEM double feed prevention roller is installed. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 12ER40313).
3. The prefeed clutch (MC301) may bind causing undue stress to the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) mounting plate. This will break the two plastic
bosses that secure the assembly in place.
Ensure that MC301 is clean lubricated and operational to prevent repeat failure.
4. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) is ON. Verify the voltage at CN911-A5 on the RADF CB. With no paper present the voltage should read .9V DC,
if it reads 5V DC, verify the connections and power to the sensor. If the checks are normal replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85511).
5. ICP3 on the RADF CB is open. Verify the 24V DC loads on the RADF. Replace any faulty loads; then replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

72

3240
Solution ID

TAUS0605561EN*

Solution Usage

33

Description
Intermittent F34-1 or F34-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Poor quality AC power being supplied to the copier. Ensure proper power requirements:
a. 115V AC, 15A 10%
b. An isolated ground with a dedicated line is strongly advised.
c. Install a powerfilter device for added protection. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6771 for detailed information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader
must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
2. Failed TH1 (temperature sensor).
Check the voltage drop across TH1 at the PFUDB, CN44-A8 to CN44-A9. At a cold start, the voltage should measure about 4.8V DC. During warm up, the
voltage should continue to drop and then stop dropping at about .48V DC when warm up is completed. Inspect the associated connectors at the rear of the
fuser unit. Repair the connectors or replace TH1 (p/n 40AA88431) as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0607218EN*

Solution Usage

19

Description
F10-2 during the copy run when feeding from any paper tray.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed paper feed driving board.
SOLUTION: Reseat CN32, CN33, CN38, CN37, and CN301 on the paper feed driving board. If problem persists, inspect the paper feed driving board for
visible damage (i.e. cold solder joints or scorched components). Replace the paper feed driving board (p/n 40AA-9071) as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0611087EN*

Solution Usage

11

Description
DF309, jam position 13 and high pitched noise while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the belt regulating shaft holders (p/n 12QV45180) is out of position riding on top of the conveyance belt. Reposition the belt regulating shaft holder
to the side of the belt and ensure that the belt tracks properly using 47 mode, code 60, multimode 04 to run the conveyance motor.
2. If the belt tracks to one side during diagnostic mode (above), check the original conveyance plate. The conveyance belt driven roller bearing holders may
break due to a combination of excessive oil applied to the bearing and low temperatures.
Refer to DF309 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: New conveyance belt roller bearings have been installed on DF309 units above s/n 12QW16872. On DF309 units below s/n 12QW16873 perform the
following procedure during setup:
a. Remove the conveyance belt, and original conveyance plate (bottom).
b. Remove the two bearings from the exit side conveyance belt roller.
c. Thoroughly clean the bearings with alcohol.
d. Reinstall bearings, plate, and belt.
3. The one-way drive gears are slipping on the regist driving roller shaft. This causes the roller to intermittently loose drive. The paper may have slightly
folded or nicked areas at the lead edge when the jam occurs. Clean the one-way bearings and shaft with alcohol.
Note: Refer to page 8 and 9, Item #'s 1, 18 and 19 in the DF309 Parts Catalog for location.
Solution ID

TAUS0605031EN*

Solution Usage

Description
The machine does not come to ready. The letter D is indicated in the upper left corner of the LCD.
Solution
CAUSE: The copier has shut down because the ADD TONER condition was present for more than 1500 copies.
SOLUTION: Add toner (PCUA 947435) to the copier. If toner is not immediately available, the shut down cycle count can be extended by performing the
following:
1. Enter the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?], and press the OK key.
3. Press the leftmost up arrow key three times, until 04 is displayed on the far left of the LCD.
4. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input at software dipswitches 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 to control the shut down cycle count:
4-2 (Copy stop when ADD TONER is indicated): 0 - disabled (default); 1- enabled
4-3 to 00 4-4 to 00: 1500 copies
4-3 to 01 4-4 to 00 2000 copies
4-3 to 00 4-4 to 01 2500 copies
4-3 to 01 4-4 to 01 3000 copies
Note: The D in the display is corrected by installing the latest EPROM level . With this EPROM installed, the display indicates the message TONER
EMPTY/DO NOT COPY. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #7 for more detailed information.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

73

3240
Solution ID

TAUS0606695EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
Unable to adjust paper feed registration in 36 mode.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed optics driving motor (M2).
SOLUTION: Replace the optics driving motor (p/n 40AA80020).
Solution ID

TAUS0607831EN*

Description
Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed
connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and
shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 40AE00800. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for
additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the
following:
1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode].
3. Press the OK key.
4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment].
5. Press the OK key.
6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy).
7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value.
8. Press the OK button.
9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies.
10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen.
11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished.
12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0607129EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds
(the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner
Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform
the following procedure:
a. Remove the drum carriage.
b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws.
c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner.
d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface.
e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes.
f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit.
g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again.
Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer.
2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose
connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner control board and at the
drum carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC.
TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit:
1. While pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier.
2. Press the OK key.
3. Press the F3 (NEXT) key to display HV adj. (toner control IF voltage) on the screen.
4. Press the OK key.
5. Press the F2 (START) key. The copier will halt after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute.
6. Power the copier OFF.
Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

74

3240

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

75

3340
Solution ID

TAUS0612079EN*

Solution Usage

147

Solution Usage

91

Description
How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults.
Solution
To set 1:1 mode as the default:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press 1: Initial settings.
3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key.
4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
To program auto shut-off mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
To eliminate the auto shut-off feature:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK.
4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK.
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode:
1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON).
2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key.
3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK.
4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode.
Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual.
Solution ID

TAUS0611454EN*

Description
PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower
guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n
40AA77270).
To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following:
a. Power OFF the copier.
b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body.
c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when
viewed from the front of the copier.
d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier.
e. Power ON the copier.
Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is
closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft
breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 40BE04641. A
countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit.
The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the
exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper.
Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information.
2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover.
Remove the jam.
Solution ID

TAUS0612044EN*

Solution Usage

69

Description
Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display.
Solution
CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD.
SOLUTION: Replace the LCD board (p/n 40AE-7102).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

76

3340
Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 40BE07016. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for
additional information.
Solution ID

TAUS0604373EN*

Solution Usage

58

Description
PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) when using ADF or platen glass APS.
Solution
CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination:
DIPSW VALUE
2-7
0
3-0
0
3-1
0
3-2
1
Notes:
1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display. To program trays for metric
paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK. Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button. Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3
button. A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections.
2. The destination code must be set for USA.
Solution ID

TAUS0604867EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds
(the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner
Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform
the following procedure:
a. Remove the drum carriage.
b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws.
c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner.
d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface.
e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes.
f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit.
g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again.
Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer.
2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose
connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner CB and at the drum
carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC.
TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit:
1. Access the 36 mode (while pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier).
2. Press the OK key.
3. Press the F3 [NEXT] key to display [HV adj. (toner control IF voltage)] on the screen.
4. Press the OK key.
5. Press the F2 [START] key. The copier halts after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute.
6. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others.
Solution ID

TAUS0605173EN*

Solution Usage

52

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 3340.
Solution
To clear fuser codes, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON).
2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key.
3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data):
3-5 to 0: resets F34 code
3-6 to 0: resets F35 code
3-7 to 0: resets F36 code
4. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

77

3340
Solution ID

TAUS0611755EN*

Solution Usage

46

Description
How to program ECM, 3340.
Solution
To program ECM mode:
1. Enter the 25 mode.
2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK.
3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK.
4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK.
5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF.
6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on.
7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset).
9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode.
Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately
after the password was entered.
To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier.
2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK.
3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK.
4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous).
Solution ID

TAUS0606099EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
Varying lead edge registration.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed M2 motor.
SOLUTION: Replace M2 motor (p/n 40AA80020). Ensure that other common causes of varying lead edge (the second paper feed clutch, the optics sensors,
etc.) have been eliminated before replacing M2. Perform the lead edge timing adjustment after replacing the motor. To adjust the image lead edge timing,
perform the following:
1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode].
3. Press the OK key.
4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment].
5. Press the OK key.
6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy).
7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value.
8. Press the OK button.
9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies.
10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen.
11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished.
12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0604960EN*

Solution Usage

42

Description
ST216, code 77-00 when sorting.
Solution
CAUSE: The sorter indexer is out of alignment.
SOLUTION: To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following:
1. Power copier OFF.
2. Remove the front and rear covers.
3. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position.
4. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201).
5. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal).
6. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin).
7. Open the conveyance section.
8. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the
right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame.
Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050.
9. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft.
10. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer.
11. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw.
12. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate.
Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

78

3340
13. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position.
14. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0612658EN*

Solution Usage

41

Description
F10-1 at power up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The operation LCD assembly has failed.
Reseat CN11 and CN13 on the operation LCD assembly (on the operation panel) and inspect the wiring harness to ensure that no wires are pinched. If
problem persists, replace the operation LCD assembly (p/n 40AE-7100).
2. A failed DCPS.
Replace the DCPS (p/n 40AA84511).

Solution ID

TAUS0801765EN*

Solution Usage

26

Solution Usage

12

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.
Solution
CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick.
SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0630235EN*

Description
Part number for the 128MB Compact Flash card which is used to install main body firmware.
Solution
Compact Flash card (p/n 7660403601).
CAUTION : CF card cannot be larger than 256MB; 512MB will notallow the download to begin. Please see attachment.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0702567EN*

Description
Instead of 128MB CF cards to update thefirmware, can1GB or 512MB CF cards be used to program the MFP?
Solution
Only the 128MB CF card (p/n 7660 4036 01) is compatible.Please see attached photoas reference.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Cesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0657446EN*

Description
Getting an invalid card error when loading firmware with a Crucial 128MB Compact Flash card.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

79

404/4090/6040
Solution ID

TAUS0601347EN*

Solution Usage

34

Description
F22.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The charge corona cleaner is damaged. To reset the code set addresses 12 through 17 in the 25 mode to 0. This will clear the counter, repair the
damage to the cleaner as necessary.
2. The charge cleaning drive wire is broken. Replace the charge cleaner drive wire (p/n 4600-2540).
3. The driver board has failed. Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320).
Solution ID

TAUS0601345EN*

Solution Usage

26

Description
F18 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse F1 on the driver board is open, or the driver board has failed; due to a shorted lift tray motor (M9), or a pinched wire.
SOLUTION: Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320), and M9, (p/n 460080050). Ensure the wires are not damaged. Tape the wires on M9 to protect them.
See 4090 Technical Bulletin #7 ,
Solution ID

TAUS0601350EN*

Solution Usage

26

Description
Erratic copy quality, normal to excessively light.
Solution
CAUSE: There is poor airflow through the machine, or the CVR board, and main CB may be faulty.
SOLUTION: Verify the ozone filter replacement (every 100,000 copies) and the dustproof filter (every 200,000 copies) to ensure good airflow. Inspect CN24
on the drum carriage, and the female side inside the machine. Ensure there is no damage to the pins and they are clean. The CEL temperature sensor
interfaces through this connector.
If all checks are normal, replace the CVR board (p/n 460083510) and the main CB (p/n 4600-8510) at the same time. One board may be damaging the other.
Solution ID

TAUS0655009EN*

Solution Usage

24

Description
F55.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The exposure lamp (L1) is open. Replace L1 (p/n 326083010).
2. The main AC relay (RL1) is pitted. Clean or replace RL1 (p/n 370088070).
3. The lamp cord wiring assembly for L1 is faulty. Check the lamp cord by testing for continuity from CN34-1 to CN34-2 (connector is located at the rear of
the copier by the ADF stopper solenoid) while moving the optics manually. If necessary replace the lamp cord (p/n 4600-8070).
4. The drive signal at CN62-4 on the driver board is not going LO. The main relay (RL1) does not energize resulting in the code. If the RL1 control signal at
CN60-13 on the drive board goes LO, but does not stay LO; replace the drive board (p/n 4600-7320).
Solution ID

TAUS0603390EN*

Solution Usage

23

Solution Usage

15

Description
How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 4090.
Solution
To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON).
2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator).
3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero.
4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
Solution ID

TAUS0601346EN*

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

80

404/4090/6040
J31 the paper stalls before the fuser.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper loop data is set too low. Adjust the paper loop in the 36 mode using code 94.
2. In a humid environment the trail edge of wet paper will arc to the T/S corona shell. Install a 2803 plunge arrestor (p/n 312026070) on the T/S corona unit.
The paper will not touch the corona shell.
Solution ID

TAUS0601625EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
Intermittent J11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. There is a pinched wire (blue wire) to the bypass tray sensor (PS17). This causes the sensor to activate intermittently causing the paper tray to drop down
for the bypass feed mode. Repair the damaged wiring to PS17 as necessary.
2. The motor driver board is not supplying the control voltage to the PFU motor (M3). Note: This may be difficult to monitor. Use the 47 mode output code
20. Check the control signal at CN61-4 (gray wire) for 28V DC at idle, and 0V DC when running. If necessary replace the motor driver board (p/n 4600-7320)
and M3 (p/n 460080030) as a set.
Solution ID

TAUS0601354EN*

Solution Usage

12

Solution Usage

Description
All LEDs on the operation panel are on.
Solution
CAUSE: The main AC relay (RL1) contacts are stuck closed after initial contact.
SOLUTION: Clean or replace the relay (p/n 370088070).
Solution ID

TAUS0601521EN*

Description
Can the charge corona cleaner be disabled?
Solution
There is no way to turn off the charge corona cleaner. To reset an F22 code until parts can be obtained; in the 25 mode set P10, and P11 to 9, and set
addresses P12-P17 to 0.
Solution ID

TAUS0655143EN*

Solution Usage

Description
F52 at power up or in standby mode.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse F2 on the DC motor CB is open.
SOLUTION: The main motor (M1) drives the drum, developing unit, cleaning unit, second paper feed clutch, conveyance unit, and the fixing drive unit.
Ensure there are no binds to any of these components. If necessary replace the DC motor CB (p/n 4600-8550).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

81

4045
Solution ID

TAUS0600481EN*

Solution Usage

230

Solution Usage

107

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box .
2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON).
3. Enter 94 using the keypad.
4. Press the start/print key.
5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0600473EN*

Description
ST206, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming. Ensure all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF. In the 25 mode ensure that software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set
to 0.
2. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due to incorrect zoning of the paper drawer or incorrect
positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect
plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift
the plate to the rear frame of the sorter.
3. The paper sensor (PS201) is dirty, or needs adjustment. Clean the sensor, and adjust. On the sorter CB set hardware dipswitch 1 ON. Remove all paper
from the bins. Check LED1 on the sorter CB, LED1 should be OFF. Adjust VR3 so LED1 goes OFF. Insert paper, and check that LED1 blinks.
4. The encoder sensor (PS206) for the paper conveyance motor (M201) is loose and out of position. Reposition PS206.
5. The non-sort conveyance shaft rollers are worn. Replace the conveyance shaft rollers (p/n 074045100).
6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat the connector.
7. The bin timing is off. See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment.
8. The staple guide bar is jammed too far into the bins and cannot return to the home position. Turn the copier OFF and push the guide bar toward the rear
of the sorter until it stops.
9. The stapler unit is obstructing the movement of the bin unit preventing it from going to the home position. Reposition the stapler unit out of the path of the
bin unit.
10. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated. MS204 is located directly above the front helical cam. Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the
two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front cam holder is 2.5 mm.
11. A groove is worn in the non-sort conveyance shaft. Note: This shaft has the large white entrance rollers on it by the upper conveyance rollers. Replace
the shaft (p/n 074045100).
12. The upper and lower fixed shafts (p/n 074042300) are loose causing the bin unit to bind in the lead cams (p/n 074010170) and (p/n 074010180). Ensure
that the screws that secure the fixed shafts are tight. Replace the fixed rollers (p/n 074042310) or the lead cams if they are worn.
13. There is no DC output from the sorter power supply. Verify the sorter power supply output. If necessary replace the sorter power supply (p/n
074089030).
Solution ID

TAUS0600610EN*

Solution Usage

85

Description
ST205S, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The programming is incorrect. First, verify the sorter CB EPROM is (p/n ST20563-18.0), and ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are
OFF. In the 25 mode, verify software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set to 5.
2. The exit detect sensor (PS202) is dirty, or needs adjustment.
Perform the following steps.
a. Turn the power off and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB.
b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required.
c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise.
d. Set sorter CB hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including MS203 (the lower linked interlock).
e. Turn the power ON while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer has
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

82

4045
reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer.
f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; this should turn LED A OFF. If it does not, turn it off by blocking the LED 202 light path to PS202 with
a piece of copy paper.
g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights up; then, continue turning to one mark beyond that point.
h. Reset the sorter hardware dipswitches 1, and 2. Reinstall the rear cover, and check the operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins.
3. The indexer height is off. Adjust the indexer height, and retime the indexer pulleys; the timing belt may have jumped out of position.
4. The paper conveyance of the sorter is binding, and slowing down. Clean all bushings, loosen all belts. The conveyance motor (M201) (p/n 037180010)
may need replacement.
5. The paper feed roller in the sorter is worn. Replace the sorter paper feed roller (p/n 037145480).
6. A broken reel film is obstructing the paper path. Replace the broken reel film (p/n 037145751 for the two outer reel films and p/n 037145431 for the two
inner reel films). The broken film may be removed to allow sorting operation until replacement can be made.
7. The indexer motor (M202) has failed. Replace M202 (p/n 037180020).
8. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 037187010).
9. Failed copier main CB. Replace main CB (p/n 5442-9017).
Solution ID

TAUS0611489EN*

Solution Usage

67

Description
Blank LCD.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor
and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a
permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In
addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is
placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set.
Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81.
2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board.
Solution ID

TAUS0600799EN*

Solution Usage

60

Description
How to program ECM, 4045.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machine OFF.
2. While holding down the 2 and 5 keys power the machine ON.
3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the
new data.
4. Set address P05 (ECM limit features) based on the key operators request.
0: ECM disabled.
1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit).
3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit).
5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit).
5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions:
1: Password Set.
Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20.
2: Limit Copy Count.
Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies.
3: Read Copy Count.
Read the current copy count for each password.
4: Account Reset.
Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords.
Solution ID

TAUS0600974EN*

Solution Usage

51

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

83

4045
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. CN8-B9 on the main CB is not seated on both sides of the connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on the main CB.
2. The copier ran too long after the add toner message appeared. Instruct the end user how to add toner in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). It is
recommended to install toner as soon as the message appears.
3. Check the control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Using the 47 mode, output code 01, the voltage should read 28V DC when at idle, and
drop to .6V DC when START/PRINT is pressed.
If no change of state, replace the toner motor and the main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note:
A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. .
4. The toner control sensor (PS1) failed. Verify power to the sensor, and the connections. If necessary, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040).
5. The drum carriage connector (CN50) at the rear of the unit is damaged. Replace the main wiring harness (p/n 540090010).
6. CN5 (PS1 control signals) on the main CB is not connected, or poorly connected. Connect/reseat the connector. Repair the connection as necessary.
7. Incorrect supplies are being used. Purge the toning/developing system, and replace with the correct supplies.
8. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet
roller in the developing unit to become smooth. Order (p/n SE95-3060). For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches
see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just
packing material, but contains parts inside.
9. The main charge corona assembly is not seated on the drum carriage. The CEL and PCL wiring at the rear of the drum carriage is caught on the rear of
the drum carriage cavity, causing the charge assembly to dislodge (pop up in the front).
Reroute/reposition the CEL and PCL wiring to provide proper clearance.
Solution ID

TAUS0601424EN*

Solution Usage

47

Description
ST103 is not recognized by the main body.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect EPROM level. Order EPROMs: (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-20.0, 313514-20.0). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A .
2. CN114 for the sorter is disconnected at the main CB. Reconnect CN114.
3. The 24V DC, and 5V DC is missing at CN800-1, CN800-2 on the sorter. CN43 on the DCPS on the main body is unplugged. Reconnect CN43.
4. The ST103 was plugged in when power was on for the copier. The 5V DC ICP1 on the sorter DB is open. Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012).
5. The ST103 is not sending the acknowledge signal to the main CB (CN801-3 reads 0V DC instead of 2.5V DC). Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012).
Solution ID

TAUS0601620EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
ST206, F70.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect programming. In the 25 mode ensure P3, and P59 are set to 0. Ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF.
2. No power to the sorter CB. Check for 115V AC at the sorter power supply CN1001-1 to CN1001-3. Check for 24V DC output at the sorter power supply
CN1002-1 to 1002-2 each to GND, and then on STCB at CN1-3 to CN1-4 GND. If no output, ensure the bin unit is not binding. Replace the sorter power
supply (p/n 074089030).
3. A damaged power source harness. Replace the power source harness (p/n 074087050).
4. The sorter CB is not communicating with the main CB. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020).
5. A faulty data harness between the main CB and the sorter CB. Replace the harness (p/n 074087060).
Solution ID

TAUS0600579EN*

Solution Usage

34

Description
J17 when duplexing.
Solution
CAUSE: There is a timing problem between the ADU and the main body.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

84

4045
SOLUTION: Order the increased diameter ADU timing pulley, (p/n U101-1240). It can be identified by the new gray color.
Solution ID

TAUS0611441EN*

Solution Usage

32

Description
Intermittent blank copies.
Solution
Perform the following steps.
1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance
readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out
of specification, install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is
installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. .
2. Remove the T/S corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor separation bridge). Slightly stretch the electrode
contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact.
3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See
4045 Technical Bulletin #17A .
4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with
the guide plate (p/n 540045331).
5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign
of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate,
clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate.
6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #86 .
7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem.
8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched.
9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231).
10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary.
11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331).
12. Check for an open fuse F2 on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to open.
13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to
-800V DC should be read across the diode.
14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance.
15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the
HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary.

* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

85

4065
Solution ID

TAUS0600526EN*

Solution Usage

55

Description
Code 54 when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10) and (M11). Verify that the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. If the fans work,
replace EPROMs IC5 (p/n 406515-23.0) and IC6 (p/n 406516-26.0) on the main CB. Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM. Note: This firmware does
not contain auto tray switching. See 4065 Technical Bulletin #60 .
2. The exhaust fan (M6) is binding. Repair the bind in the fan assembly. If necessary replace M6 (p/n 454080132).
Solution ID

TAUS0600521EN*

Solution Usage

34

Description
The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the CA elements is touching the upper roller or the mounting bracket. Inspect both CAs for proper position: 1mm above and parallel to the upper
roller. Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads.
2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF2. Then check continuity
from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF1. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the
open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary.
3. CN190 at the rear of the machine is disconnected. This is the AC feed for the fuser lamps. Reconnect CN190.
4. The temperature control board (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
Solution ID

TAUS0600528EN*

Solution Usage

29

Description
ST207, code 77-3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin drive motor is disengaged. The sorters are shipped with the bin drive motor disengaged from the drive gears to avoid damage during shipping.
Pull the bin unit out 60 10mm toward the front of the machine; and hold it in place while engaging and fixing the bin shift motor.
2. CN936 is disconnected causing an open in the interlock circuit. Reconnect CN936, this connector allows 28V DC to the coil of RL1.
3. One of the wires has been pulled off the sorter main relay (RL1). Reconnect any wires that have been pulled off.
4. An open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4 is not allowing 28V DC to the coil of the sorter main relay (RL1). Take a continuity check from the red
wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately .8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary.
5. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed, causing no RL1 drive control. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If
there is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches, and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame. Disengage the bin shift motor and slide the
bin unit back and forth while watching the meter. Repair as necessary and replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
Solution ID

TAUS0601066EN*

Solution Usage

20

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 on the MCB3 board is open. If open, the toner motor (M4) will not operate. Ensure there are no binds in the toner hopper assembly. Replace the
fuse 800ma 125V (p/n 216.800). Note: M4 does not operate in diagnostics the code was a misprint in the service manual.
2. The charge corona wires are contaminated or have failed. Clean or replace the corona wires (p/n 454025160).
3. The PTL lamp is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the PTL (p/n 454083070). The recommended replacement interval is every
200,000 copies.
4. The toner patch is faulty or has been altered. Replace the toner patch (p/n 454061560).
5. The high voltage power supply is faulty. Replace the high voltage power supply (p/n 454084012).
Solution ID

TAUS0600522EN*

Solution Usage

17

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

86

4065
How to program ECM, 4065.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dip 1-7 to 1 for the ECM
option.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it, power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the
machine ON. Then press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel until the last digit is
entered.
4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 255. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification
arrows to scroll through the passwords.
5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.)
6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password.
7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero.
8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button.
Solution ID

TAUS0600524EN*

Solution Usage

17

Solution Usage

17

Description
Jam positions 1, 2, 3 no first paper feed from any paper drawers.
Solution
CAUSE: The reduction gear assembly on the PFU has split, causing no drive to the PFU timing belt.
SOLUTION: Inspect the reduction gear assembly on the PFU. If necessary replace the assembly (p/n 0676-4650).
Solution ID

TAUS0601325EN*

Description
Codes 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The MCB1 board is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC causing a loss of 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the
front doors are open the code will stop. In the 47 mode verify the 35V DC at the MCB1 board CN63-1 (yellow wire) to CN63-3 (blue wire GND). If the voltage
drops when the front doors are closed; replace the MCB1 board (p/n 5380-8590).
2. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The front door switches are damaged. If the switch assembly is cracked, or does not check good with an
ohm meter; replace the switch assembly (p/n 4542-8300).
3. Code 41-5 at power up. The optics overrun right sensor (PS13) is faulty. Replace the sensor (p/n 454085510).
Solution ID

TAUS0605033EN*

Solution Usage

16

Description
Jam position 7.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. False jam position 7 at power up. The fusing jam sensor (PS506) and/or fusing jam LED (LED502) has failed. Replace PS506 (p/n 066085520) and if
necessary LED502 (p/n 0900-8380).
2. Jam position 7 at idle. The door switches have failed. Replace the door switch assemblies for both the left and right doors (p/n 4542-8300).
3. Jam position 7 at idle. The fixing jam LED (LED502) is out of position. The LED is located in the top cover of the exit inversion unit. The LED shines light
to the small mirror located near the lower fuser roller. This light is then reflected back to the fixing jam detect sensor (PS506), which is located to the left of
the mirror under the black exit belts. Align the exit inversion unit so the LED properly shines light onto the reflective mirror.
4. Jam position 7, the toner patch is on the copies. The paper feed restart sensor (PS10) is faulty. Replace PS10 (p/n 454085510). Note: In the optics area,
counting from the left side, PS10 is the third sensor in, as viewed from the front of the machine.
5. Jam position 7 only when duplexing. The inner exit detecting switch (MS502) has failed. Confirm the operation of MS502. Use the 47 mode input code
24. With the switch not actuated the display should be 0. With the switch actuated the display should be 1. If necessary replace the switch (p/n 1730-7560).
Note: MS502 has the white actuator.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

87

4065
Solution ID

TAUS0601369EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
ST207, jam position 13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Check the EPROM on the sorter CB, the recommended minimum level is 13.2 Order (p/n ST20763-13.2)
which eliminates user induced jams.
2. Incorrect positioning of the exit detect LED, the sensor always detects a jam.
a. Turn ON dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 turns ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is
at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks,
proceed with the following steps.
c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor.
d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down.
e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor can detect properly.
f. Turn OFF dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
3. The horizontal conveyance drive pulley is broken causing no drive. Ensure that the horizontal conveyance section is free of binds. Replace pulley (B) (p/n
554077160).
Solution ID

TAUS0602570EN*

Solution Usage

14

Description
No power to the copier.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The leakage breaker has tripped. Reset the leakage breaker. The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black
plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit.
2. There is a short on the 5V DC bus. Disconnect all of the connectors on PSB1 except CN1. Read the 5V DC pins off the board to ensure that 5V DC is
present. Put the connectors back on one at a time while monitoring the 5V DC. When the voltage drops when a connector is added, that load is the source of
the problem.
3. The main switch (SW1) has failed. Replace the main switch (p/n 030086011).
4. Poor electrical connection to the leakage breaker is resulting in a loss of 208V AC to PSB1 on CN1-1 and 1-3.
Reseat electrical connections to the leakage breaker.
Note: The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

88

4145
Solution ID

TAUS0601512EN*

Solution Usage

96

Description
DF306, F60 or F67.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with a meter but is failing under load. Install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n
12ER-K080) if the RADF serial number is under 12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below). See
DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
Important note: There are three different configurations of MS301:
a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate.
b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator).
See Technical Bulletin #20 .
c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate.
See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B. Caution: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator. The latest MS301 is
(p/n 12ER85020) the latest mounting plate is (p/n 12ER-1122), and the latest actuator is (p/n 12ER10190).
If MS301 was not updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case order mounting bracket (p/n 12ER-1122)
and actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
3. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Inspect the 5V DC loads for any shorts. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012).
4. Fuse F1 on the main CB (near CN4) is open due to EPROMs improperly installed. The EPROM label was used as a reference to install the chip rather
than using the notch on the EPROM. Replace the main CB (p/n 25ME-9014).
5. A loss of 24V DC to the DF306 due to a shorted wire from a 24V DC load. Check for 24V DC at any load off the RADF CB. If 0V DC is read, disconnect
one load at a time until 24V DC is read. Repair the wiring to that load and then verify proper operation.
6. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) has failed. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder.
Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the
RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041.
Solution ID

TAUS0600133EN*

Solution Usage

66

Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not
respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
2. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually raise the bin unit off the lower
limit switch, and test the sorter operation. Note: Ensure that IC2 on the sorter CB is level 10.0; if not order p/n (ST21162-10.0).
3. The upper limit switch (MS202) has failed. The switch can be checked at CN15-2 on the sorter CB. CN15-2 should change from 24V DC to 0V DC when
MS202 is actuated. If necessary replace MS202 (p/n 12FQ21540).
4. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or
replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380).
5. One of the bins is out of position. Perform the bin timing/cam timing adjustment.
6. The stapler swing action motor (M205) is bound and pulling down the 24V DC. Replace the stapler unit (p/n 0740-5100). The motor is not available as a
separate part.
Solution ID

TAUS0601077EN*

Solution Usage

61

Description
Can odd-size originals default to 8.5x11?
Solution
EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 414512-20.0, 414513-20.2, 414514-20.2). See 4145 Technical
Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID

TAUS0602771EN*

Solution Usage

49

Description
DF306, P69.
Solution
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

89

4145
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) needs adjustment. Clean the solenoid. Adjust the stroke of SD301 so that the end of the plunger is 4.5 0.2
mm from the noise damper pad when the solenoid is ON.
2. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Verify the connections to the solenoid. If necessary replace the solenoid (p/n 12ER82510).
3. The spring clutch for the paper lift up plate is slipping. Clean the spring clutch. If necessary replace the spring clutch (p/n 12ER40460), input gear (p/n
12ER77010), and the lift up cam (p/n 12ER40221).
4. The wires to the original exit clutch (MC304) is rubbing against the clutch. As the clutch spins, the wire insulation wears down and the 24V DC shorts to
frame ground (through the clutch); this damages the RADF CB. Replace MC304 (p/n 12ER82030). Reroute the clutch wires as necessary so they do not
touch the clutch. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
5. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) has failed. Verify the sensor operation using the 47 mode, input code 67. With no paper present a HI should be
displayed. With paper present a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85521).
6. The plunger of the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) is sticking to the label material (noise damper pad). Note: This usually will cause an intermittent
P69. As an interim solution remove the noise damper pad , and remove any glue from the bracket. If damaged, replace the damper pad (p/n 12ER40350)
and the support sheet (mylar) (p/n 12ER40650). This mylar sticks to the damper pad to prevent the plunger from adhering to it. After replacing the parts
verify the solenoid stroke adjustment.
7. The one way bearing in feed roller (A) is slipping on the paper feed assembly. Clean the bearing, and shaft with alcohol. If necessary replace the paper
feed roller (p/n 12ER40180).
Solution ID

TAUS0603150EN*

Solution Usage

36

Description
ST210, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bushing behind the sorter motor (M201) is dirty.
Clean the bushing behind the sorter motor. This bushing holds the drive shaft that runs front-to-rear.
2. The paper exit sensor cannot be adjusted.
Ensure there is no alignment problem between LED202 and PS202. If the sensor still does not adjust, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010).
3. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down the paper, resulting in a
J72.
Cut the flanges off the paper exit roller.
4. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer flags the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor (PS204)
should be flagged in idle.
Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18.
5. The upper entrance frame guide (p/n 037145140) is malformed obstructing the movement of the indexer. This prevents the home position sensor (PS204)
from being flagged.
Reform the malformed guide plate and ensure there is proper clearance for the indexer.
6. J72 only on the last copy. The copier has 3135 EPROMs installed.
Install 4145 EPROMs. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A, .
7. The white plastic portion of the flapper gate connecting to SD201 (gate solenoid) is broken. The gate is unable to open and direct paper into the indexer.
SD201 is located on the top front of the sorter.
Replace the flapper gate (p/n 037145550).
Note: Perform the Solenoid Mounting Position Adjustment after replacing the flapper gate. Refer to the ST210 Service Manual (3rd edition, 1/97), page 19.
Solution ID

TAUS0600371EN*

Solution Usage

26

Description
AD207, J15 when copying from the ADU.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The ADU clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) is slipping. This may have occurred when the clutch was removed for cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring
using the other hole of the stopper collar (p/n 190040540).
2. The entrance spring (p/n 048642240) has fallen off the paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) keeping the plate closed. This prevents the paper from entering
the stacker. Reinstall the spring and add tape to help keep it in place.
3. The first feed rollers and the double feed prevention roller in the ADU are worn. Replace the two worn first feed rollers (p/n 460040181) and the double
feed prevention roller (p/n 396077090).
4. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the stacker, causing it to roll up in the duplex stack tray.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

90

4145
Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so that it does not contact the copy paper as it enters the duplex stack tray.
5. The upper right side door ribs have notches cut into them from paper contact. The paper will catch on the notches. Either sand the ribs on the door
smooth, or replace the upper right side door (p/n 540012085).
6. J15 when duplexing 8.5x11. The rear guide is crushing the trail edge of the copy. Adjust the rear guide home position sensor (PS504) so the rear guide
lightly contacts the trail edge of the copy.
Solution ID

TAUS0600415EN*

Solution Usage

24

Description
ST211, J72.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper drags on the front (frame side) of the deflect plate (p/n 12FQ21100). This is due to the way the deflect plate is zoned to the main body, or how
the 8.5x11 paper tray is zoned. The problem will occur using 8.5x11 paper only. Check the zoning of the 8.5x11 paper tray. If correct, place a stop ring (p/n
396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the deflect plate to the rear frame
of the sorter.
2. The ADU side guides are out of adjustment, causing incorrect zoning on second side copies. Adjust the ADU side guide zoning.
3. The one way exit gear in the inversion unit is worn. The gear is slipping in both directions. Replace the exit gear (p/n 048677080).
Solution ID

TAUS0612204EN*

Solution Usage

22

Description
DF306, J63.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The customer is using three hole punched paper. The center hole aligns with the original paper exit sensor (PS305) and throws off the timing. Rezone the
paper infeed system.
2. The original exit sensor (PS305) is dirty or faulty. Clean the sensor and verify the operation using the 47 mode input code 63. With no paper present a LO
should be displayed. With paper present a HI should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 12ER85521).
3. The conveyance roller shaft holders, and lift plate bushings are dirty, causing the original not to exit quick enough. Clean the conveyance roller shaft
holders, and lift plate bushings.
4. J63 when copying 8.5x11 originals. The encoder sensor (PS307) is dirty or has failed. Clean PS307 and the encoder disc. If necessary replace PS307
(p/n 12ER-9021).
Solution ID

TAUS0600423EN*

Solution Usage

20

Description
The main body does not recognize the RADF.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with an ohm meter, but is failing under load. If the serial number on the DF306
is under 12ES31813 order (p/n 12ER-K080) for the F60/67 countermeasure kit. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . Note: Depending on which switch was
used to replace MS301 previously, the switch actuator (also called the switch cover) may be missing. If so, order (p/n 12ER10190).
Verify that the EPROM on the RADF CB is a level 16.0. If not, order (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
2. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9010).
3. The symptom occurred after installing the level 16.0 EPROM on the RADF CB. There is a restriction with the level 16.0 EPROM. If installed, the
3135/4145 main body firmware must be version 20 or above. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A .
Solution ID

TAUS0600937EN*

Solution Usage

20

Description
Latest EPROM level, 4145.
Solution
EPROM history hyperlink .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

91

4155
Solution ID

TAUS0601513EN*

Solution Usage

126

Description
DF306, F60 or F67, clicking noise.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) is faulty. This switch may check good with a meter, but is failing under load. If the RADF serial number is under
12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below); install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n 12ER-K080). See
DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B .
Important note:
There are three different configurations of MS301:
a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate.
b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator) see 4155 Technical Bulletin #20
.
c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B.
CAUTION: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator.
Latest MS301 (p/n 12ER85020).
Latest mounting plate (p/n 12ER-1122).
Latest actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
If MS301 was NOT updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case, order mounting bracket (p/n
12ER-1122) and actuator (p/n 12ER10190).
2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). For more detail, refer to DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 .
3. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) is failing. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder.
Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the
RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041.
4. The RADF CB failed. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9014).
Solution ID

TAUS0612158EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
ST211, F77-2.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bin unit has traveled past the home sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually lift the bin unit off of MS203. Ensure
that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter CB is a level 10.0, if not order (p/n ST21162-10.0).
2. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not
respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the
sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500).
3. One of the bin rail screws has loosen, and is interfering with the home position of the bins. Tighten the screw.
4. The connector to the cam position photosensor (PS202) is loose. Reseat, or repair the connector as necessary.
5. The bin shift sensor (PS209), or the encoder disk attached to the bottom of the bin shift motor (M202) is dirty. Clean the sensor and the encoder disk.
6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat, or repair the connector, as necessary.
7. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and
replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380).
8. The lead cams are improperly installed. When installing the lead cams, it should be noted that the front and rear cams are different and must be installed
in the correct locations.
Solution ID

TAUS0601217EN*

Solution Usage

81

Description
J31 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Perform the following steps.
a. Ensure the protection mylar strip (p/n 083647050) is installed.
b. Ensure the updated HV connector (p/n 540073231) is installed.
c. Replace the T/S blocks if excessive arcing is present. Note: It is important to clean the corona shell to restore it to its original reflective condition or
replace it.
d. When rebuilding the corona unit, replace the separation arrestor guide bridge (p/n 466026042). In time this guide becomes conductive and causes a
loss of separation currents.
e. Remove the HV B power supply, confirm all grounding points on the power supply. This is done by adding star washers to all areas that supply a path
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

92

4155
to ground for HV B. This includes the bleeder resistor located underneath the transfer guide plate.
f. In the 47 mode set the corona currents to their specified values, ensure the DC separation bias data is set to 01 for the models 3135/4145/4155/4255.
g. Enter the 25 mode set address 01 to 3, and address 02 to 6 for proper on/off timing of the claws on the models 3135/4145/4155/4255.
2. The temporary stop sensor fixed plate for PS19 (p/n 25BA40210) is malformed, causing improper actuation of the sensor. Reform or replace the sensor
fixed plate.
3. The return spring for the actuator of the optics synchronization sensor (PS9) is hanging up on the photosensor. This may also cause erratic optics
scanning. Form the end of the return spring so that the spring does not contact PS9 during operation. If necessary glue the end of the spring to the actuator.
4. The mounting tab for the exit sensor (PS20) is bent down allowing the copy to ride over the actuator. Reform the sensor mounting bracket upward.
Ensure that the paper actuates the actuator, without catching on it.
5. The paper loop data is too low. The paper is getting to the temporary stop sensor (PS19), but not to the second paper feed rollers. Adjust the bypass loop
timing in the 36 mode, code 94 until a good loop is formed at the second feed rollers.
6. The fuser entrance guide is not touching the bearings on the front and rear of the fuser. Raise the plate so both sides touch the bearings.
7. The exit sensor (PS20) has failed. Verify the sensor operation in the 47 mode using input code 22. With paper present a HI should be displayed. With no
paper, a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 540085510).
8. J31, the paper is still in the second feed rollers. There is an intermittent loss of drive to either the middle or lower paper conveyance rollers in the upper
PFU. This is caused by a broken clutch gear assembly to these rollers. Rebuild the broken clutch gear assemblies as necessary. Clutch gear (p/n
540077060), clutch lock gear (p/n 540077020) (2 are needed), clutch base gear (p/n 540077010). See page 32 and 33 of the 4155/4255 parts catalog.
9. The conveyance unit plate (p/n 540045010) is misaligned and interfering with the paper path as paper separates from the drum. Loosen the screw that
secures the conveyance unit plate. This screw is located under the conveyance unit on the center plate. Apply downward pressure to the conveyance unit so
that it sits flat against the bottom frame of the main body. Retighten the screw.
10. The upper or lower fuser bearings are worn. If necessary replace the upper bearing (p/n 454075040), and the lower bearing (p/n 25BA76030).
11. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Ensure the copier drive system is free of binds. Replace the main motor (p/n 25BA-1592).
Solution ID

TAUS0600995EN*

Solution Usage

78

Description
How to reset an F86 code.
Solution
F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps:
1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box.
2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON.
3. Enter 91 using the key pad.
4. From the key pad press P-02-P.
5. Press the start print button.
6. Press the stop/clear button.
7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication.
Solution ID

TAUS0600996EN*

Solution Usage

72

Description
Jamming, severe static on second side copies when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Perform the following steps.
a. Ensure the data for the DC separation bias is set to 01. In the 47 mode, enter code 06, then press P set the data to 01.
b. Set the PTL ON. In the 25 mode set P13 to 1.
c. Install the new style neutralizing brush (p/n 048645461).
d. Ensure the copier ground paths have star washers behind the contact points.
e. Try a different brand of paper, if paper is suspect.
2. The transfer current is too high for the second side copy. Order EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.7), and (p/n 415514-23.7) this firmware lowers the transfer
current value when the second side is copied. Ensure IC22 is level (p/n 415512-23.0), and IC2 on the DF306 is (p/n DF30632-14.0).
3. The T/S corona is arcing. Replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605).
4. The conveyance suction fan motor (M9) is not working. The fan wires may have been cut, or pulled out of the connector by catching on the side guide of
the universal cassette. No failure code will be generated, if the suction fan is not working. Ensure the fan is working. To prevent the wires from catching on
the universal cassette, perform the following steps.
a. Power the machine down, and unplug the copier.
b. Remove the left, and right external covers of main body.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

93

4155
c. Remove the ADU inversion unit.
d. Remove the toner collecting box.
e. Remove the 2 screws that stop the universal cassette from being withdrawn from the copier, and remove the cassette.
f. Clean the bottom of the suction motor, and the area where the tape will go with alcohol, see the view of the bottom plate.
g. Ensure the wires are not hanging down. Use a piece of tape approximately 50 mm wide, and 150 mm long to prevent the wires from catching on the
side guide of the universal cassette. DO NOT use vinyl, or cellophane tape. Ensure that a good quality tape is used that will not come loose over time.
h. Install the universal cassette, and slide it in, and out. Check that the tape, and the suction fan wiring do not interfere with the universal cassette.
i. Reinstall the two limit screws for the universal cassette.
j. Reinstall the ADU inversion unit, toner collecting box, and external panels that were previously removed.
Solution ID

TAUS0612264EN*

Solution Usage

71

Description
Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that
rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135. Perform the following steps to install the roller:
a. Turn the power OFF, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet.
b. Remove the platen glass.
c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover.
d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail.
e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame.
f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame.
g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure
unit with the screw removed in the previous step.
h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding.
i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass.
j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated.
2. The center of the developing input gear is worn. Replace the gear (p/n 25BA77132).
3. The developing regulating plate (H-cut plate) is worn. The H-cut plate is not available as a separate part. Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005).
4. The developing unit agitator shafts are worn.
Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005).
5. The drum drive gear is missing teeth. Replace the drum drive gear (p/n 25BA77202).
Solution ID

TAUS0600991EN*

Solution Usage

67

Description
Incorrect APS from the platen glass.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect firmware on the main CB. Install (p/n 415512-23.0) for IC22, (p/n 415513-23.4) for IC23, (p/n 415514-23.4) for IC24. Ensure the EPROM on the
RADF is (p/n DF30632-14.0). See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 .
2. The APS sensor located at the front of the machine, or the platen glass is dirty. Clean both sides of the platen glass and ensure that the APS sensor is
clean. If necessary replace the APS sensor (p/n 25BA85521).
3. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the 23.4
version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 (level 23.4). See, also, 4155 Technical Bulletin
#50 (level 23.7) .
Note: Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the new style long life drums (PCUA 947542). You must reset the drum counter at
drum replacement and the first PM after drum replacement.
4. CN142 is not connected. This is a common connector for the APS timing 1 sensor (PS16), and the book copy sensor (PS17). Reconnect CN142.
5. The unit was converted to a 4155 from a 4255, and is missing the platen sensor and wiring. Install platen sensor (p/n 552085510) and wiring (p/n
25BA90190). Also install the sensor actuator (p/n 25BA61761) and spring (p/n 25BA61830). Use another 4155 for reference.
6. The incorrect wiring harness was installed for the APS sensor (PS16) and the book sensor (PS17). The wire colors to PS16 should be red, orange, yellow.
The wire colors to PS17 should be red, brown, yellow. Install the correct harness (p/n 25BA90190). Note: This harness is the same as a 3135 and 4145.
7. CN22 on the main CB is not connected. CN22 is the input from the 2 APS sensors (PS12, PS14). Reconnect CN22 on the main CB.
Solution ID

TAUS0600352EN*

Solution Usage

55

Description
No power.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

94

4155
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Fuse F1 or F5 (5V DC solid state fuses) on the main CB may be open.
Check the continuity of the fuses. If the fuses are good, check the output from DCPS board (A). If there is no DC output, but there is AC input, the DCPS
board (A) has failed. If the fuse or fuses are open, replace the main CB (p/n 25BA-9012) or the fuse (p/n 963012300). If necessary replace the DCPS board
(A) (p/n 25BA84512). Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field
fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program.
2. CN131 wiring on the AES board may be shorted to ground.
Repair as necessary, and inspect F1 on the main CB, it may be open.
3. Fuse F1 (5V DC solid state fuse) on the main CB is open. The screws mounting the APS sensor have loosened, and the board has contacted the frame.
Repair the APS sensor, and replace the main CB or the fuse (p/n 963012300). Install a insulating sheet under the sensor see 3135/4145/4155/4255
Technical Bulletin #37 . Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field
fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program.
4. No power is being supplied to the DCPS board (A) due to a faulty main switch (SW1). Check for AC voltage at CN397-1. If necessary replace SW1 (p/n
25BA-8300).
5. A shorted AC wire or component in the fixing unit (L2 or L3 circuit) causes the leakage breaker to OPEN.
Remove the fixing unit and restore power. If the leakage breaker does not OPEN, then inspect the fixing unit wiring for a short circuit. Repair or replace the
AC wiring harness (p/n 25BA90081) as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0600401EN*

Solution Usage

46

Description
LT251, skew or varying registration from Tray 3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper feed loop data set too low. Adjust the loop data to a higher value (maximum data value is +99) for more paper loop at the registration rollers.
Loop data settings above 30 are not uncommon.
2. The paper feed rubber is worn. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562), (p/n 25BA40320).
See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the feed rubber.
3. The black colored rollers (p/n 540040110) located in the upper right side door are the old style. Install the new style rollers (p/n 12EJ40120). The rolllers
are 2mm larger in diameter, and white in color. Note: Unequal tension of the 4 idler roller tension springs can also cause skew. Confirm that each spring is
the same length, stretch the smaller spring to equal the longer spring; reassemble and verify the operation.
4. The lower right side door is loose. Ensure that the lower right side door closes securely. If the drawer base unit is below s/n 12FH03771 install the paper
feed door modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors. See 4155 [[Technical Bulletin #18,| IMAGE V:\BITMAPS\JRC130.bmp SCROLL].
5. The paper tray is not level. Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment. See page 19 of the LT251 service
manual.
6. The rear frame is malformed. Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the
reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical Bulletin #4 .
7. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper. Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper.
8. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding. Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for
location of the spring. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated.
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
9. The double feed prevention shaft is malformed. Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240).
10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding. Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas-Guard.
11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed. Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 .
12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped. Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092).
13. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #36A . This bulletin is a checklist intended to help resolve paper skew.

* Trademark ownership information


Solution ID

TAUS0600805EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
How to program ATS (auto tray switching).
Solution
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

95

4155
To program ATS, access the 25 mode (press the 2 and 5 keys while simultaneously powering the copier ON), P06 to the desired data:
1. ATS not selected: set address 06 to 0, 2, 4, or 6.
2. ATS selected: set address 06 to 1, 3, 5, or 7.
Notes:
a. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the
23.4 version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 3135/4145/4155/4255 Technical Bulletin #43 . See, also, 4155
Technical Bulletin #50 (level 23.7).
Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the long life drums (PCUA 947542). The drum counter must be reset at drum
replacement and the first PM after drum replacement.
b. ATS will ONLY operate in full auto mode while using the RADF.
c. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

96

4255
Solution ID

TAUS0600556EN*

Solution Usage

28

Description
J62 when copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The one-way clutch is slipping, causing a loss of drive to the conveyance roller. For location, see the DF402 parts catalog pages 20-21, items #24 and
#27. Clean the one-way clutch (p/n 12EV23310) and the conveyance roller with alcohol. Lightly score the end of the conveyance roller with emery cloth or a
nylon scrub pad to create better grip. Replace both parts if necessary.
2. The original paper exit sensor (PS712) is cracked. Replace the sensor (p/n 12EV21930).
3. The original scale plate is not depressed by the RDH, causing the originals not to exit. Ensure that the scale plate is depressed below the top of the glass
when the RDH is in the closed position.
4. The feed rollers and conveyance rollers are worn. Replace the separate belts (p/n 12EV23250) 6 are needed, and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170);
or replace the complete assembly (p/n 12EV23150).
5. The coating on the platen glass has worn off causing a build up of static, affecting the paper conveyance. Check the continuity of the platen glass to the
static discharge tabs (80K ohms). If the measured reading is greater than this, ensure that the tabs are making contact with the glass. If there is no change in
the reading, replace the platen glass (p/n 25GA61720).
6. Clean with alcohol, wipe dry and adjust PTR701, PTR702, PTR703, and PTR704 as followed:
a. Set dip RDHCB hardware dipswitch #4 to the ON position with all others OFF. Turn ON the main switch.
b. PTR701 (original detect) RDHCB, CN16-1 to GND, adjust VR4 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
c. PTR702 (skew detect) RDHCB, CN16-2 to GND, adjust VR3 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
d. PTR703 (temp stop) RDHCB, CN16-3 to GND, adjust VR2 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
e. PTR704 (orig side) RDHCB, CN16-4 to GND, adjust VR5 to 1.5V DC with no paper.
f. Turn OFF power, set all hardware dip switches to the OFF position. Turn power ON and verify operation.
Solution ID

TAUS0601983EN*

Solution Usage

16

Solution Usage

15

Description
Can the 4255 be converted to a 4155?
Solution
The DF306 document feeder is not available as a separate item, therefore the 4255 cannot be converted to a 4155.
Solution ID

TAUS0602253EN*

Description
FS102, F77-3 during copier operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The circuit protector ICP6 is open on the finisher CB. This ICP protects the 2nd paper exit motor (M803) drive circuitry.
SOLUTION: Verify that M803 is not binding. Note: To access this motor the shift tray and trim plate must be removed. Replace the finisher CB (p/n
12FU22720).
Solution ID

TAUS0603408EN*

Solution Usage

14

Solution Usage

Description
DF402, P69 or P68-3 when the RDH tries to feed.
Solution
CAUSE: The separation belts and conveyance roller are worn.
SOLUTION: Replace the separation belts (p/n 12EV23250) and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170).
Solution ID

TAUS0600554EN*

Description
Incorrect APS when using the RDH.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The temporary stop sensor (PTR703) is dirty or needs adjustment. See page 43 of the DF402 service manual to clean and adjust PTR703. See DF402
Technical Bulletin #1A .
2. The separate conveyance assembly on the RDH is mounted too far to the rear, causing gear (Z-29) to rub against the rear frame. Reposition the separate
conveyance assembly (p/n 12EV23150) to achieve at least a 1mm gap between the frame and gear (Z-29) (p/n 12EV23320).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

97

4255
Solution ID

TAUS0655208EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear on the copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first mirror is loose within the frame. Reform the first mirror retaining clip to hold the mirror secure.
2. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that
rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135.
Perform the following steps to install the roller.
a. Turn the power off, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet.
b. Remove the platen glass.
c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover.
d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail.
e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame.
f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame.
g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure
unit with the screw removed in the previous step.
h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding.
i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass.
j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated.
3. The optics slide shaft holder within the optics first mirror frame assembly is loose causing the mirror to bounce on the return scan. Install the optics
reinforcement plate (p/n 25BA62020). If the reinforcement plate does not eliminate the symptoms, replace the reflector base (p/n 25BA-6212) and the mylar
(p/n 490061570). Install the reinforcement plate on the new reflector base to prevent the optics slide shaft from loosening.
Solution ID

TAUS0602048EN*

Solution Usage

Description
The up/down motor (M804) of the finisher will not drive up.
Solution
CAUSE: The tray upper limit detect switch (MS802) is failing under load causing a loss of drive to M804. Note: This switch may test good with an ohm meter,
but can fail under load.
SOLUTION: Replace MS802 (p/n 12FU21140).
Solution ID

TAUS0601958EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
LT251, J13 and J17 when feeding from the LCT.
Solution
CAUSE: The LCT feed motor (M401) has failed, damaging the LCT driver board.
SOLUTION: Replace M401 (p/n 544080021) and the LCT driver board (p/n 12EJ-9011).
Solution ID

TAUS0600553EN*

Description
Original skew.
Solution
CAUSE: The platen glass is installed incorrectly.
SOLUTION: Install the platen glass so the positioning marker (white dot on side of glass) is located at either the right rear or left front corner of the machine.
Note: Check the continuity between the platen glass and the grounding tabs with an ohmmeter. Bend the tabs downward to ensure contact.
Solution ID

TAUS0601053EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to default to 8.5x11R.
Solution
To default to 8.5x11R, install EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.4, and 415514-23.4). See 4255 Technical Bulletin #43 .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

98

4345
Solution ID

TAUS0603511EN*

Solution Usage

190

Description
ST217, conveyance motor runs continually, or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been
upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present,
remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground.
If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in
ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification.
Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not
bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required.
If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010).
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n
12TA87010).
3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the
motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time.
Solution ID

TAUS0603825EN*

Solution Usage

88

Description
Black copies intermittently.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in
diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door.
2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed.
Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162).
Solution ID

TAUS0603254EN*

Solution Usage

87

Description
F43 shortly after power up or during an optics scan.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Damaged L1 (projection lamp) lamp cord. Refer to 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #11 . Check for continuity between CN380-1 and CN380-6 on DCPS2.
The lamp cord may become damaged if the wire clamp is not at a 90 angle in relation to the wire. The distance between the clamp and CN384 should be
less than 5mm.
Replace the lamp cord with (p/n 25BA90163).
Note: Affected s/n range: 45FE02396 through 45FE03851.
2. DCPS2 has failed. The L1 CONT signal is received at CN29-2 on the power supply. The lamp cord, lamp, and F1 are good. The fuser lamps come on at
power up, and disconnecting the RADF and sorter from the power supply does not change the symptom. No L1 DRIVE to the lamp. Replace DCPS2 (p/n
45AA84520).
3. CN29 is (mistakenly) plugged into the main CB at CN135. CN29 should be connected to the DCPS2.
Solution ID

TAUS0603823EN*

Solution Usage

76

Description
F35-1 or F35-2 shortly after power up..
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232. Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat
positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00). If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2.
2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly.
Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller
and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller).
3. Loose contact at CN380-2.
Reseat CN380.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

99

4345
4. Front door interlock (MS2) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 (p/n 392085020) as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm
smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at
rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat, p/n 25BA88470).
6. A loose connection at TH1 CN69-2.
Reseat CN69.
7. CN81, which supplies power and the control signal to RL1, is open or not properly connected.
Inspect CN81 (2-pin black inline connector near DCPS2 with a red and a blue wire leading to RL1. Relay 1 is located behind where the power cord enters the
machine) and reconnect as necessary.
Note: Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set software dipswitch 3-6 to 0.
Solution ID

TAUS0602992EN*

Solution Usage

69

Description
ST216, jam position 13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Sorter hardware dipswitches are set incorrectly. Confirm that the sorter CB dipswitches are all OFF.
2. The paper passage photosensors are dirty. Clean PS202 and LED202. Inspect each to ensure proper installation of the cover.
3. The paper entrance detect sensor (PS201) actuator is binding. Inspect the actuator movement, repair as necessary. Confirm PS signal change by
monitoring sorter CB, CN11-2 to GND while in the 47 mode (no code, just check). When the actuator is in the normal position, the signal should be LO, when
paper is present, the signal goes to HI. Reseat the wiring to PS201. If no results, replace PS201 (p/n 12TK85530) and/or the actuator (p/n 12TK45470).
4. The indexer is not aligned properly.
To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following:
a. Power copier OFF.
b. Remove the front and rear covers.
c. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position.
d. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201).
e. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal).
f. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin).
g. Open the conveyance section.
h. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the
right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame.
Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050.
i. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft.
j. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer.
k. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw.
l. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate.
Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment.
m. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position.
n. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode.
5. If PS201 is operational and not binding, and the indexer unit is set to specification and the problem still occurs, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TK-9010).
6. Flapper assembly (p/n 12TK-4510) is not in the home position which is up an open, the flapper spring (p/n 12TK45410) is not attached to the front leg
frame.
7. Paper stops at the sorter entrance rollers due to a malformed inner paper guide plate.
Reform the inner paper guide (p/n 12TK45150) so that the upper edge of the plate is 2mm below the surface of the inner rollers (p/n 12TK45070). Verify
operation.
Note: The paper guide may become malformed as a result of improper shipping techniques (lifting of the sorter by the top cover).
Solution ID

TAUS0601974EN*

Solution Usage

55

Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password:
1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON).
2. Press 6: Password setting
3. Press 1: Key operator password setting
4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
5. Press SET.
6. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

100

4345
Next, create the 8-digit master key code password:
1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting.
2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
3. Press SET.
4. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again.
6. Press 1: Software switch setting
7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users.
8. Power the machine OFF.
To program the initial user in the ECM mode:
1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON).
2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK.
3. Press 3: ECM.
4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary).
5. Press 1: ECM password setting.
6. Press Set Password.
7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK.
8. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting.
10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK.
Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit.
1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect.
2. Select one of the three modes and press OK:
Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users).
After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended)
Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended).
Next, turn the ECM mode ON.
1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting.
2. Press ON, then press OK.
3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0611989EN*

Solution Usage

39

Description
LT251, misfeed, skew, incorrect or varying registration from Tray 3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The paper feed loop data is incorrect.
To adjust the paper feed loop timing, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Enter the 36 mode (power the copier ON, while holding the 3 and 6 keys).
c. Touch [2 TIMING ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD.
d. Touch [4 PAPER FEED LOOP ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD.
e. Press [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD twice, until PAPER LOOP ADJ. (DB/ADU) is displayed at the top of the LCD.
f. The number displayed at the top right of the LCD is the current loop timing setting for the (DB/ADU). The adjustment range is (-20 to +99). Using the
numeric keypad displayed on the LCD enter a lower number then the current loop timing setting.
g. Touch the [SET] key, followed by the [COPY SCREEN] key.
h. Make a copy and check for proper copy quality.
i. Press the STOP/CLEAR key, while holding the P key to return to the paper feed loop adjusting screen.
j. Repeat step 6 through 9 until the registration is correct.
k. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
2. Older style white idle rollers (p/n 540040110) are installed. These rollers are located in the right side door.
Install the new style roller (p/n 12EJ40120 - 2mm larger diameter).
Note: Unequal tension of the (4) shaft holder springs also cause skew. Confirm that each spring set is the same length. Replace springs (p/n 12EJ40470 lower set and p/n 12EJ40530 - upper set) if necessary, reassemble, and verify operation.
3. The right side door is loose.
Ensure that the right side door closes securely. Install the block modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors as per 3135 Technical Bulletin #18.
4. The paper tray is not level.
Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment as outlined on page 19 of the LT251 service manual.
5. The rear frame is deformed.
Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical
Bulletin #4 .
6. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper.
Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

101

4345
7. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding.
Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the spring. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A
regarding lubricant applications.
8. The double feed prevention shaft is deformed.
Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240).
9. The feed rubber is worn.
Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562, p/n 25BA40320). See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts
catalog for location of the feed rubber.
10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding.
Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas Guard*.
11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed.
Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 for details.
12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped.
Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092).
4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #7 outlines the tray 3 skew checklist.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0604212EN*

Solution Usage

37

Description
PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: A sheet or sheets of paper remaining in the ADU.
SOLUTION: To empty the ADU, perform the following:
1. Pull out the ADU.
2. Lift the conveyance plate by the green handle.
3. Remove paper.
4. Insert the ADU unit.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

102

4355
Solution ID

TAUS0602445EN*

Solution Usage

123

Description
ST217, cannot select sort/staple mode. Sort, group, and manual staple operate individually.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed in the main body. Install the latest firmware to allow the use of ST216 or ST217 on the 4355 (main CB, IC24,
level 24.1). For a complete list of the latest firmware, see 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A .
2. A poor RADF to main body connection, allows the RADF to operate but would not allow sort/staple to be selected. Power OFF the machine and
disconnect/reconnect the RADF, then power ON.
EPROM history hyperlink .
Note 1:
To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD:
1. Enter 25 mode.
2. Select #9 (indication of ROM version).
Note 2:
The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw.
Solution ID

TAUS0603766EN*

Solution Usage

85

Description
ST217, conveyance motor runs continually or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been
upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present,
remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground.
If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in
ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification.
Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not
bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required.
If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010).
See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n
12TA87010).
3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the
motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time.
Solution ID

TAUS0601974EN*

Solution Usage

55

Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password:
1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON).
2. Press 6: Password setting
3. Press 1: Key operator password setting
4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
5. Press SET.
6. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
Next, create the 8-digit master key code password:
1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting.
2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence).
3. Press SET.
4. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again.
6. Press 1: Software switch setting
7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users.
8. Power the machine OFF.
To program the initial user in the ECM mode:
1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON).
2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK.
3. Press 3: ECM.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

103

4355
4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary).
5. Press 1: ECM password setting.
6. Press Set Password.
7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK.
8. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting.
10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK.
Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit.
1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect.
2. Select one of the three modes and press OK:
Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users).
After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended)
Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended).
Next, turn the ECM mode ON.
1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting.
2. Press ON, then press OK.
3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0603967EN*

Solution Usage

45

Description
Black copies intermittently.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in
diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly.
Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door.
2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed.
Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162).
Solution ID

TAUS0601850EN*

Solution Usage

44

Description
F35-1 or F35-2.
Solution
Low temperature abnormality detected. Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set switch #3-6 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232.
Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00).
If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2.
2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly.
Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller
and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller).
3. Loose contact on CN380-2.
Reseat CN380.
4. Front door interlock (MS2) opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2.
Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311). The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between
the switch and the mounting assembly.
5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at
rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 (p/n 540088420) and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat,
p/n 25BA88470).
Solution ID

TAUS0603673EN*

Solution Usage

44

Description
Code 5500h at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed.
SOLUTION: Install the latest firmware as outlined in 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A .
Notes:
1. To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD:
a. Enter 25 mode.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

104

4355
b. Select #9 (indication of ROM version).
2. The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw.
3. EPROM history hyperlink
Solution ID

TAUS0602256EN*

Solution Usage

40

Solution Usage

33

Description
How to program mixed original mode as the initial setting.
Solution
To set the mixed original mode for initial setting, perform the following:
1. Select mixed originals on the LCD screen.
2. Press the job memory key.
3. Store the job under #10.
4. Access the key operator mode (turn the machine ON while pressing the HELP key
5. Press 9: MEMORY SWITCH
6. Press 21: Job Memory Auto Recall Function and set it to ON.
Job memory #10 will now be recalled automatically when power is turned ON or when Auto-reset is initiated.
Solution ID

TAUS0603829EN*

Description
PLEASE REMOVE PAPER FROM ADU is displayed. Where is the paper?
Solution
Pull out the ADU. Lift up on the green handle and completely raise the conveyance cover. Remove the copy paper.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

105

5076/7490/760ZA
Solution ID

TAUS0600616EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
How to program ECM, 7490.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 for
the ECM option. To change the second digit use the AUTO button.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the key pad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To view the master key code power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine
ON. Press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, holding down the P button, enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel
until the last digit is entered.
4. There are 4 options in the ECM mode. Press 1 on the key pad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be
5 digits long. Use the magnification arrows to scroll through the passwords.
5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.)
6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password.
7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero.
8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button.
Solution ID

TAUS0600617EN*

Solution Usage

12

Description
Code 41-1 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: The MCB1 board and or the main motor (M1) is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the front doors are open at power up, the
code will not occur until a copy is attempted.
SOLUTION: Ensure the drum carriage, and entire drive system is free of any binding. If necessary replace MCB1 (p/n 5380-8590) and M1 (p/n 454080010)
as a set.
Solution ID

TAUS0602601EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
Code 54.
Solution
CAUSE: The exhaust fan (M6) is faulty.
SOLUTION: Replace M6 (p/n 454080130).
Solution ID

TAUS0600558EN*

Description
Code 37 at power up.
Solution
SOLUTION: Perform the following steps.
1. Ensure the fuse on PSB2 (6.3A 250V) it is not open.
2. Power the machine OFF, and remove all connectors from PSB2, except for CN83 (AC in) and CN88 (24V DC and control).
3. Power the machine ON in the 47 mode, and verify the 28V DC output from CN86-1 to ground, to determine if the power supply is faulty. Power the
machine OFF and connect the other connectors one at a time while monitoring the 28V DC in the 47 mode.
If voltage drops trace the bad load by the connector number:
CN86 feeds 28V DC to MCB2.
CN87 feeds 28V DC to MCB3, MCB5, and M6.
CN89 feeds 28V DC to PFU driver board, ADU driver board, RADF CB, and the sorter CB.
To further isolate which control or driver board is bad, reconnect CN89 on the power supply. Then remove the following connectors. CN401 on the PFU
driver board. CN501 on the ADU driver board. CN301 on the RADF CB. CN801 on the sorter CB. Replace the shorted board after confirming the loads that
go to that board are not faulty.
Solution ID

TAUS0601046EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Jitter 90mm from the trail edge.
Solution
CAUSE: The second paper feed rollers are turning off too soon, or the copy paper is skewed.
SOLUTION: Install EPROM (p/n 749015-16.0) on main CB. See 7090S Technical Bulletin #44 .

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

106

5076/7490/760ZA
Solution ID

TAUS0600612EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Code 41-5.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The left optics overrun sensor (PS8) has failed. Replace PS8 (p/n 454085510).
2. The optics drive motor (M2) is faulty. Verify there is no binding in the optics drive system. Ensure that all photosensors are clean, and there are no
cracked optics pulleys. If necessary replace M2 (p/n 454080020).
3. The MCB2 board has failed. Replace the board (p/n 5380-8540).
Solution ID

TAUS0600613EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Blurry copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Blurry copies in reduction or enlargement 1:1 is normal. The mirror solenoid (SD2) is binding or has failed. This will not allow the roller bearing on the
V-frame to stay in contact with the magnification cam. Clean the solenoid and ensure that the locking plates are clean and not binding. If necessary replace
SD2 (p/n 454082030).
2. Intermittent blur on the copies. The optics slide pulley or optics slide roller is cracked. If necessary replace the optics slide pulley (p/n 454062430), or the
optics slide roller (p/n 454062460).
3. Intermittent blur on the copies. The second paper feed motor (M9) is faulty. Run the motor using the 47 mode output code 28. If the motor body is hot
after running, ensure there is no binding on the unit. If necessary replace M9 (p/n 454080060).
4. A narrow blurred line on 11x17 copies approximately 2.5 inches from the lead edge. The retaining clip on the paper conveyance clutch (MC602) on the
RADF is not fully seated. Reseat the retaining clip.
Solution ID

TAUS0600625EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Jam position 11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Jam position 11. The original will not fully exit the RADF, and or half copies. The one-way clutch inside the paper reverse drive pulley on the RADF is dirty
or binding. When the prefeed operation takes place the first original that was fed to the scale plate is pulled away due to the reverse drive causing the rollers
to reverse. Clean the one-way bearing with alcohol or replace the reverse drive (p/n 016076530).
2. RADF height is out of adjustment. The rear side is too high above the glass. Adjust the height to specification. The procedure is detailed on page 10 of
the DF303/303A/304 service manual.
Solution ID

TAUS0600734EN*

Solution Usage

Description
What is the difference between the 7490 and 7490M?
Solution
The serial number prefix 538 indicates the model is a 7490. The serial number prefix 555 indicates a 7490M. The 7490M can accept the staple sorter
(ST207) and has increased duplex productivity.
Solution ID

TAUS0601054EN*

Solution Usage

Description
The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One of the fuser lamps is open. Verify the L2/L3 circuit paths. Replace the open component. Temperature fuse (p/n 4542-8381). L2 short lamp (p/n
454083020). L3 long lamp (p/n 454083030).
2. The triac for L2 is shorted causing L2 to stay ON, which opens the temperature fuse. Replace the triac (p/n 496088420) and the temperature fuse
assembly (p/n 4542-8381).
3. The temperature CB (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

107

5076/7490/760ZA

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

108

5080/5082
Solution ID

TAUS0600970EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
Code 54 when duplexing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10, M11). Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode with output code 52. If the fans work, replace
EPROM IC5 (p/n 508015-14.2) on the main CB. Note: Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM.
2. One of the optics cooling fans (M10, M11) are faulty. Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. Replace the faulty fan motor (p/n
454080110). Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM.
Solution ID

TAUS0600686EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
ST207, code 77-3.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4. This opens the 28V DC to the coil of relay 1. Perform a continuity check from the red wire on RL1 to
CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately 0.8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary.
2. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed. This causes no RL1 drive. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there
is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame (disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit
back and forth while watching the meter). Repair any faults as necessary, then replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011).
3. The code occurred after the ST208 was removed. A jumper must be installed to the 2 pin connector (CN936). The connector is located near the bottom of
the sorter DC power supply.
4. The sorter power supply board is not outputting 28V DC. Replace the DC power supply board (p/n 554184510).
5. There is no AC input to the sorter power supply. CN847 on the sorter power supply is loose. Ensure that CN847 is fully seated.
Solution ID

TAUS0600676EN*

Solution Usage

17

Description
Jam position 4.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The loop (MC2) and second feed (MC1) clutches are dirty. Clean and adjust the gap (two sheets 20lb paper) of MC1, and MC2.
2. The tension of the paper feed timing belt on the PFU may be too tight. Adjust the tension of the paper feed timing belt. For best results, start the
adjustment at the midpoint of the belt tension unit.
3. The paper feed unit drive system is binding due to excessive toner buildup in the drive assemblies. Clean any toner from the drive belt and all the gears
and shafts. Replace any damaged or worn parts. Note: Jam position 4 may only occur with 8.5x11 paper and may not occur in copy face down or at 99%
reduction.
4. The paper feed motor (M9) is faulty, causing fuse F2 (3.15A, 125V) on the MCB3 board to open. Replace M9 (p/n 454080060) and the MCB3 board (p/n
5740-9012).
5. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625).
Solution ID

TAUS0600675EN*

Solution Usage

15

Description
Fusing unit lamps, L2 or L3, do not light and no error codes are displayed. Poor fusing results.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. A thermocouple (CA) is contacting the upper roller or the CA mounting bracket. Inspect both CA1 and CA2 for proper positioning (1mm above, and
parallel to, the upper roller). Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads.
2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF4. Then check continuity
from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF2. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the
open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary.
3. There is a poor connection at the fuser drawer connector. Inspect each pin in the male and female connectors. Reform the pins as necessary to ensure a
good connection.
4. The temperature CB (TCB) is faulty. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

109

5080/5082
Solution ID

TAUS0600672EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
Code 26 at idle or while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The IF voltage for PS1 is set too low or too high. Ensure that PS1 is clean and aligned correctly. Set the IF voltage to 2.5V DC, measuring between TP3
(IF voltage) and TP6 (GND); on the process CB. Perform this adjustment in the 58 mode with output code 8 selected. Adjust VR1 as necessary.
2. A Katun drum is installed. Replace the drum with a Konica drum (PCUA 947805), and verify the PS1 adjustment.
3. The cleaning blade release lever attached to the blade release motor (M5) is not contacting the release lever on the cleaning unit. This results in poor
cleaning. Repair the release lever(s), and ensure proper contact. Use the 47 mode output code 41 to operate M5.
4. Incorrect supplies were used. Purge the toning/developing, and recycling systems, and add the correct supplies. Instruct the operator(s) how to identify
the correct supplies.
5. Code 26 occurs approximately 50,000 copies into a PM cycle. Due to an environment that affects the charge current on the drum (print shop effect), the
copy quality degrades over a period of time. Install the optional charge corona fan unit (p/n 454080160). Note: The fan should be positioned so the airflow
goes into the drum cavity.
6. The process CB has failed. Replace the process CB (p/n 5740-8533).
Solution ID

TAUS0600690EN*

Solution Usage

13

Description
ST207, jam position 13.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The positioning of the exit detect LED (LED201) is off. The sensor always detects a jam. Perform the following steps.
a. Turn ON hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 goes ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise, and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is
at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks,
proceed with the following steps.
c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor.
d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down.
e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor will detect properly.
f. Turn OFF hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB.
2. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is at least a level 13.1 (p/n ST20763-13.1). This eliminates user
induced jams.
3. The large vertical conveyance door is closed too tight slowing down the paper feed. Adjust the large vertical door for proper operation.
4. The paper is hitting the paper hold lever assembly (p/n 5540-5290) as it enters the bin. Perform the paper miscentering adjustment. This adjustment is on
page ST-31 of the ST207/208/297 service manual (2nd edition April 93).
Solution ID

TAUS0603028EN*

Solution Usage

13

Solution Usage

12

Description
Jam position 7.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fusing jam LED (LED502) in the exit reversing unit has failed. Replace LED502 (p/n 0900-8380).
2. There is a cold solder joint on the fusing jam sensor (PS506). Repair or replace PS506 (p/n 066085520).
Solution ID

TAUS0600678EN*

Description
Code 52.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. One or both of the door switches (MS11 and MS12) has failed or is not actuated. Ensure that the switches are actuated. Check CN62-1 (24V DC) to
CN62-4 (GND) on the MCB1 board. If 24V DC is not present, inspect MS11 and or MS12. Ensure that 24V DC is originating from CN10-8 on PSB1. If
necessary replace any faulty switches (p/n 454285030).
2. CN64 on the MCB1 board is not fully seated. Reseat CN64 on the MCB1 board.
3. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Replace M1 (p/n 454080010).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

110

5080/5082
4. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625).
Solution ID

TAUS0600673EN*

Solution Usage

11

Description
How to program ECM, 5080.
Solution
To program the ECM, perform the following:
1. Power the machine OFF. Hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 to
enable the ECM option.
2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the
key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it power machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the
machine ON. Then press P-9-start print.
3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel
until the last digit is entered.
4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification
arrows to scroll through the passwords.
5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.)
6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password.
7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero.
8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button.
Solution ID

TAUS0600681EN*

Solution Usage

11

Description
ST201, missorting.
Solution
CAUSE: Incompatible firmware is installed on the sorter CB, or incorrect programming in the P6 mode.
SOLUTION: Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is a revision 01.0 (p/n 609063-01.0). This EPROM is recommended for faster machines with an ST201
installed. In the P6 mode set software dip 4-0 to 1. Note: Depending on the firmware on the main body, when this dipswitch is set to 1 it can disable the P3
adjustments.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

111

5370
Solution ID

TAUS0601760EN*

Solution Usage

121

Description
Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state).
Solution
Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly or a lamp is open.
If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser.
An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps:
a. Slide out the fuser unit.
b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale.
c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear.
d. Replace the open lamp.
2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready
state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032).
To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical
Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the
pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever
mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary.
3. TH4 failure or TH4 wiring was reversed during replacement of the temperature sensors for the fuser unit. Replace TH4 (TH1 and TH4 are on the same
harness (p/n 25AA88051)) and ensure that the wiring for CN131-3 and CN131-11 is correct.
4. Worn fuser lamps. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies.
Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies.
CAUTION: Do not mix old (6190) and new (5370/6190) style lamps.
Install only the following for 5370.
L2 (240V, 1800W) p/n 25AE83080
L3 (240V, 1000W) p/n 25AE83090
L4 lower roller lamp p/n 25AA83041.
L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83030.
L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080.
L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83020.
L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080.
Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M.
5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely.
Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments.
Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4).
Engineering has requested a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up
time window so that false codes are not generated.
6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431).
7. Failed upper roller temperature sensors. (TH2, TH3, CA1, CA2). Replace the sensors which are available as an assembly (p/n 25AA88043).
Note: Use the gap gauges when installing these sensors.
Adjust the height of the fusing temperature sensors. This can be accomplished through the use of approved sensor adjustment jigs (p/n SPRF-0040,
SPRF-0050, SPRF-0060, SPRF-0070, SPRF-0080) or by using the following specifications:
TH2 and TH3 - 1 0.3mm
TH1 and TH4 - 2 0.3mm
CA1 and CA2 - 1 0.15mm
TS2 and TS3 - 1 0.15mm
TS4 - 3 0.15mm.
Solution ID

TAUS0600547EN*

Solution Usage

73

Description
DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these
points. If the voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023).
Notes:
a. When cleaning RADF sensors, ensure that power is OFF.
b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF. The paper drawers can now be opened.
2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) may be open if the original width detection board (OWDB) is loose and shorted to the underside of the platen pressure
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

112

5370
plate. Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The OWDB is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace
the DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019).
Solution ID

TAUS0603108EN*

Solution Usage

57

Description
The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 on the operation board.
Replace the 5V DC ICP.
2. Loss of 5V DC from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6.
Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510).
3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots).
Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function.
Note: To activate the beeper function on 5370, perform the following:
a. Power the machine ON while holding the HELP key.
b. Select Key click sound.
c. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response)
d. Power machine OFF/ON.
4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC.
Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100).
5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n
25AE-7006).
6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a
particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322).
7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the
LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues.
8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a
set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
Operation board - 537022-30.0
Operation board - 537026-30.0
Operation board - 537027-31.0
Operation board - 537028-31.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel
EPROMs should be visible.
537022-30.0
537026-30.0
537027-31.0
537028-31.0
EPROM history hyperlink .
9. Failed RADF main harness. Replace the RADF-to-main body harness (p/n 12AA90053).
Solution ID

TAUS0602245EN*

Solution Usage

51

Description
Code 26-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner control sensor reference voltage is not adjusted properly:
a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel.
b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1.
c. Turn ON the main switch.
d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V
See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 service manual.
2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

113

5370
3. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper.
4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly.
5. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a
replaceable component.
6. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more
prevelent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually
overtone.
To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully
set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferris feeler gauges (brass).
Solution ID

TAUS0601136EN*

Solution Usage

47

Description
Site requirements, 5370.
Solution
Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site
requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed.
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0601746EN*

Solution Usage

42

Description
Code 11-07 or 11-08 when using Tray 1, Tray 2, or the bypass tray.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The bypass tray is not locked, allowing MS3 to open during copy process. MS3 is located on the main body and becomes actuated when the MT101 tray
is fully inserted.
Repair lock and ensure MS3 is fully actuated.
2. Failed MS3 (bypass interlock switch). Replace MS3 (p/n 197085010).
Solution ID

TAUS0601238EN*

Solution Usage

39

Description
Latest EPROM level, 5370.
Solution
The latest 5370 firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
Operation board - 537022-30.0
Operation board - 537026-30.0
Operation board - 537027-31.0
Operation board - 537028-31.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel
EPROMs should be visible.
537022-30.0
537026-30.0
537027-31.0
537028-31.0
5370 EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0601964EN*

Solution Usage

39

Description
Code 54-08 or 54-02 following warm-up or while copying.
Solution
CAUSE: The EM (return) signal from one or more of the optic fan motors (M33, M34, M35, M36 or M37) is unstable (binding) due to a build-up of dirt on the
fan motor which slows the rotation of the fan.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

114

5370
SOLUTION: Clean blades of the cooling fans and ensure proper operation.
1. Remove the ST212/ST213 if installed.
2. Remove the right side cover.
3. Pull out the fuser unit.
4. Remove the two mounting screws for the fan assembly mounting bracket.
5. Disconnect the wiring harness for the fan assembly.
6. Remove and clean the assembly.
To test cooling fan operation:
1. Set 25 mode, 1-2 and 1-3 set to 0 to allow the machine to operate with the sorter(s) detached .
2. With the fan section removed, power the machine ON while observing all the fans.
3. The fan that does not spin before 54-08 is displayed is the failed fan. Inspect for damaged wiring or loose connections.
4. Replace any non operating fan(s) (p/n 25AA80540).
WARNING: Do not try to start a non-moving fan by pushing the fan blade with your finger. The fan may start and injury may result.
Solution ID

TAUS0602714EN*

Solution Usage

37

Description
How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default.
Solution
New 5370 units (above s/n 25QE01630) are Energy Star compliant. These machines will shut off after 30 minutes of non-use and will default to 1:2 mode at
power up and initialization. Auto shut-off (power saver) and 1:2 default can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if these modes create a hardship for
the customer due to their particular usage patterns.
To defeat auto shut-off on 5370 (above s/n 25QE01630) set 25 mode dipswitch 14-6 to 1.
To change the default to 1:1:
1. Enter the key operator mode by pressing the Help button while turning the machine ON.
2. Select Initial Setting [1].
3. Select Copy Mode [1].
4. Select the desired initial mode (i.e. 1:1).
5. Verify correct selection by pressing the Check button.
6. Turn machine OFF then turn back ON.
If level 31.0 EPROMs are not installed, auto shut-off can be set to a 2 hour interval:
Set 25 mode dipswitch 9-3 and 9-4 to 1.
Note: The latest production firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 537018-31.0
Main CB
- 537019-31.0
Operation board - 537022-30.0
Operation board - 537026-30.0
Operation board - 537027-31.0
Operation board - 537028-31.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
EPROM history hyperlink .
Solution ID

TAUS0603133EN*

Solution Usage

36

Description
Blur areas and/or jitter from front-to-rear.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. If the problem is 2 inches from lead edge and about 2mm wide, then the optics cable tension adjustment plate (p/n 25AA-6770) is loose or damaged. This
tension plate is located in the back left corner near the optics drive motor (M2). Tighten or replace the tension plate. Refer to page 6-17 of the 6190/5370
service manual (2nd edition) for tension plate adjustment specifications.
2. The optics cable has worn a groove in the cable tension pulley. Replace the optics tension pulley (p/n 454061461).
Note: The old style pulley is plastic; the current style is metal.
3. The optics cable is over-lapped within the drive capstan. Reseat or restring the optics cable.
4. If belt holder (C) (p/n 25AA62230) is out of position, reposition the holder on the belt (refer to parts catalog, page 20 item 14).
5. Optics components are binding due to lack of lubrication. Lubricate the lens slide rail with multi oil. Lubricate the lens drive gears with plas guard. Prior to
lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
6. The corner of the fourth mirror is chipped. Replace the fourth mirror (p/n 25AA61050).
7. Drive pulley (magnifying Z=100), p/n 25AA77130, is broken. Inspect the drive from the pulley to the driving coupling (p/n 25AA62261). If broken, replace
the drive pulley. Refer to second edition parts catalog, dated JUNE 1995, pages 14 and 15.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

115

5370

Solution ID

TAUS0603169EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper?
Solution
NCRPAPER has been approved for use with the listed machines.
Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product
that works extremely well.
Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 .
To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0634060EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
List of equipment that is no longer being supported.
Solution
Please see attached Product & Technical Support Bulletins 1792 and 2443 andMarketing Bulletin#07-GB-016.
Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID

TAUS0617472EN*

Description
Code 49-08 when pressing the print button.
Solution
CAUSE: M27 (optics cooling fan) did not come ON.
SOLUTION: To check M27, perform the following:
1. Access the 47 mode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), output code 37.
2. Press the print button and see if M27 comes ON.
3. If M27 does not come ON, replace the fan motor (p/n 25AA80520).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

116

6190
Solution ID

TAUS0601835EN*

Solution Usage

89

Description
Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state).
Solution
Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly, a lamp is open or M3 (fuser drive motor) is not cycling. To check M3 operation, use 47 mode, code 46, P-01-P
start/print. Replace the M3 motor (p/n 25AA80032) if inoperable in diagnostics.
If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser.
An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps:
a. Slide out the fuser unit.
b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale.
c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear.
d. Replace the open lamp.
2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready
state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032).
To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical
Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the
pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever
mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary.
3. While replacing the temperature sensors for the fuser unit, the wiring for TH4 was reversed. Reposition the wiring on CN131-3 and CN131-11.
4. The fuser lamps are worn. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies. Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies.
CAUTION: Do not mix old and new style lamps.
Additionally, verify that your machine has the correct style lamps installed based on the s/n. See the p/n's and s/n cut-ins listed below.
Old style L2 is 240V, 1410W (p/n 25AE83030) for machines below s/n 25AE01001.
New style L2 is 240V, 1800W (p/n 25AE83090) for machines above s/n 25AE01001.
Old style L3 is 240V, 830W (p/n 25AE83020) for machines below 25AE01001.
New style L3 is 240V, 1000W (p/n 25AE83080) for machines above 25AE01001.
L4, lower roller lamp (p/n 25AA83041).
Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M.
5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely.
Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments in
Japan.
Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4).
Engineering will request a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up time
window so that false codes are not generated.
6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431).
7. One or more of the fuser unit thermostats are open. With an ohmmeter, check across the terminals of each thermostat. If any are found open, they must
be replaced. The 2 upper roller thermostats are (p/n 25AA88410) and the lower roller thermostat is (p/n 25AE88430).
8. The fixed connection plate assembly is not installed on the ADU carriage. This allows the fuser unit to be extracted without first extracting the ADU
assembly, which results in the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message being constantly displayed.
Install the fixed connection plate assembly (p/n 25AA-0910) on the ADU carriage assembly. This will force the ADU carriage assembly to be extracted prior to
extracting the fuser unit, which will prevent the constant display of the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message.
Solution ID

TAUS0600172EN*

Solution Usage

77

Description
DF307, jam position 10 or 11.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Laser printed originals that exceed 10mm curl may have feed problems when run through the RADF.
Production units (from July 96) will feature modified upper infeed guide plates and original guides that will tolerate higher curl and Z-fold type originals.
Refer to DF307 Technical Bulletin #1 for new part ordering and installation information.
2. The RADF sensors are dirty. All sensors should be cleaned and adjusted at each PM cycle.
Note: PS605 (passage detect) is hidden from view. It is located underneath the lower conveyance guide plate (item #2 on page 22, DF307 parts manual) .
Clean PS605 as outlined in [[DF307 Technical Bulletin #2|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc098.bmp SCROLL]] using the new special tool. To adjust PS605 sensitivity,
rotate VR5 on the DF CB until LED 5 lights, then continue to rotate clockwise three graduations.
3. The RADF unlatches while in use. The hold down magnets have been modified to eliminate the DF from popping up during operation. If the DF307 does
not close firmly, install the new style hold down magnets (p/n 12AA-1141). See DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #3A .
4. Original exit jams may be caused by a damaged original stopper plate actuator. The new style actuator is designed to increase the amount of pressure
applied to the original stopper plate. See DF307 Technical Bulletin #4 for information regarding this new part.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

117

6190
5. A damaged original registrating sheet is impeding the movement of the stopper assembly. Replace the original registrating sheet (p/n 25AA61552). It is
mounted on the left hand side of the optics (A) bracket (p/n 25AA61743).
The original registrating sheet is installed in production units beginning with s/n 25AE00438.
6. The paper exit belts (A) and (B) are loose (p/n 12AA77510, 12AA77520). Tighten the paper exit belt to specification. Refer to DF307 service manual page
45 adjustment #14.
7. The brake clutches are dirty or out of adjustment. Clean and adjust the exit and conveyance brake clutches (MB602 and MB601) particularly on high
volume machines (1M+). Set the clutch gap to .1mm.
8. PS601 is out of alignment due to loose screws, partially obstructing the sensor light path. Reseat PS601.
9. The platen glass is not grounded. To verify that the glass is grounded properly:
a. Slide a sheet of paper under the glass tabs, if paper fits the tabs must be reformed.
b. Verify continuity with an ohmmeter, the reading should be less than 100K ohms. Reform the glass holders so they 'dig in' to the surface coating of the
glass.
10. The reinforcing plate located under the white conveyance belt is damaged. The plate can be damaged if the customer forces the DF307 closed with a
book or three dimensional object on the glass.
The DFPR assembly mounts to the reinforcing plate. If deformed, it will cause incorrect pressure from DFPR to feed rollers, resulting in multiple feeding.
Replace reinforcing plate (p/n 12AA10053).
11. The originals are soaked with fuser oil. Do not use copies as originals following a PM or new machine set-up. The copies have excessive fuser oil on the
print side and will misfeed when run through the RADF.
If you have done this, run 500 to 1000 clean originals through the RADF to absorb fuser oil on the feed rollers.
12. A faulty wiring harness from the DF307 to the main body is not allowing proper communication to occur. Reseat the connectors on the RADF CB and
check for pinched wiring. Check the main body connector for loose or damaged pins. If problem persists, replace the RADF wiring harness (p/n 12AA90052).
Solution ID

TAUS0601009EN*

Solution Usage

58

Description
DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure).
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these
points. If voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023).
Notes:
a. When cleaning RADF sensors, be sure that power is OFF.
b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF.
2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) opens if the original width detection board (OWDB) loosens and shorts to the underside of the platen pressure plate.
Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The board is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace the
DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019).
Solution ID

TAUS0600157EN*

Solution Usage

51

Description
Site requirements, 6190.
Solution
Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site
requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed.
Notes:
1. Current 6190s (above s/n 25AE01000) are designed to operate on 208-240V AC, 30A service. Machines below s/n 25AE01001 were designed for 230V
AC, 20A service. These machines require an external transformer when used with 208V AC service.
2. 6190 Technical Bulletin #10A outlines the power changes and s/n cut-ins for main body and sorters.
3. To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0612190EN*

Solution Usage

49

Description
Code 26-01.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The toner control sensor reference voltage (PS1) is not adjusted properly.
To adjust PS1, perform the following:
a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel.
b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

118

6190
c. Power ON the copier.
d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V DC
See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 Service Manual (2/96).
Note: It is very important to NOT cheat the front door interlock switch. The display should indicate FRONT DOOR IS OPEN PLEASE CLOSE when
performing this adjustment.
2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell.
3. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges fit in the 6190 hopper.
4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly.
5. The developing unit shaft holder front (bias bearing) has failed. Replace the shaft holder front, (p/n 25AA75011).
6. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a
replaceable component.
7. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more
prevalent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually
overtone.
To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully
set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferrous feeler gauges (brass).
8. A failed drum temperature sensor (TH5).
Replace the drum temperature sensor (p/n 25AA88061).
Solution ID

TAUS0602180EN*

Solution Usage

48

Description
Light copies, undertoned, poor density, poor solid fill.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The drum counter was not reset and/or the drum was not stabilized following the installation of a new drum.
a. To reset the drum counter, set the 25 mode, dipswitch 4-2 to 1. After a copy is made, the counter will reset to 0.
Note: The drum counter cannot be set to a specific number, it can only be reset to 0.
b. After installing a new drum, it is recommended to run at least 140 copies (of test chart TP-8) prior to performing copy quality adjustments. This
procedure, referred to as drum stabilization, is outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #15 .
Note: TP-8 is attached to the bulletin, to order, contact Forms Distribution x2676.
2. The PTL and drum are worn. PTL life is 300,000 copies and drum is 600,000 copies.
3. If the customer is using high toner coverage originals, the following items must be replaced or adjusted:
Charge corona wires, if worn, replace.
Developer, if worn, replace.
Set the currents to specification.
Scrub the PCC corona shell and metal mounting plate to remove corosion.
Set the standard bias value from 143 to 173 to decrease the density of the patch.
Adjust the patch creation rest data (25 mode). Set the rest cycle from 2 to 1.
Note: Extended copy runs with originals exceeding 50% solid toner coverage may result in light copies.
4. The light distribution plates behind the lens are loose, dislodged, or out of position. This causes copies to be very dark for the first 2 to 3 inches. The rest
of the copy will be washed out and increased contrast does not operate. Also, the CVR is probably set to the maximum position. This problem usually
occurrs during enlargement or reduction copying.
Adjust the light distribution plates to the proper position. (p/n's 25AA61871, 25AA61860, and 25AA61880) and verify that the CVR is set correctly.
5. A failed HV power supply (A) not providing proper bias voltage. Replace HV power supply (A) (p/n 25AA84012).
6. The T/S corona unit failed.
Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n 25AA-2603). This unit can checked in 36 mode, however arcing may not be evident.
Solution ID

TAUS0602235EN*

Solution Usage

48

Description
ST212, codes 77-07, 77-08 or 77-17, 77-18. Erratic stapler operation.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The stapler unit shipping bracket was not removed at set up. Ensure that all shipping brackets are removed at set up.
2. The indexer unit drive gear is damaged or missing. Inspect the drive gears at the rear side of the indexer unit. Repair or replace as necessary.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

119

6190
3. The up/down cable tension and stapler height are improperly adjusted. Perform the cable tension and stapler height adjustments as outlined in the
ST212/213 service manual pages 50 and 51.
4. PS211 (stapler up/down position detection photosensor) has a coating of lubrication on it. Clean PS211.
5. PS212 (stapler upper limit sensor) wiring is loose or damaged. Repair wire.
6. PS212 failure. Powering the copier OFF/ON will cause the stapler to jog down to the 3rd or 4th bin location, and then return to the top. At this point, the
error code is indicated. Replace PS212 (p/n 540085510) and perform the stapler height adjustment outlined on page 50 of the ST212/213 service manual.
7. PS213 failure (stapler lower limit detection photosensor).
Verify PS213 using 47 mode, input code 77, multi code 03. A LO should appear in display when sensor is not flagged.
Replace PS213 (p/n 540085510).
8. The wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76510) is damaged.
Check the bottom of the pulley to see if the cut-outs (keyholes) are broken which causes excessive play between the pulley and the wire driving gear (p/n
12AR77020).
Replace the wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76511) with the new style pulley which has been upgraded with strengthening ribs.
Note: This problem may also cause damage to guide plate (A) p/n 12AR-5040 which pulls the bins to the stapler.
9. M206 (stapler up/down motor) failure. Replace M206 (p/n 460080031).
Solution ID

TAUS0602639EN*

Solution Usage

48

Description
Background, overtoning, dark copies or poor fill.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Parts replacement has not occurred at the scheduled maintenance intervals. Replacement of the exposure lamp, PTL, all corona wires and filters (every
150K) must be done at the 300K PM .
2. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner
and developer.
Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper.
3. Incorrect installation of the PTL. The foil coating should be facing down, away from drum.
4. Incorrect PTL installed. For a short period in January 1997, 7490 PTLs were mistakenly shipped in 5370 and 6190 boxes. The correct PTL (5370/6190
style) will have FL12A60BDU/48T16BX printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The incorrect (7490 style) PTL will have
FL12SSA-BDU-42/60 printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The 7490 lamp will not operate in the 6190 or 5370.
5. Incorrect angle of the sixth mirror. Ensure that the sixth mirror is contacting the adjusting screw and is not binding.
6. Dirty exposure lamp contacts or lamp terminals.
Clean the exposure lamp contacts and the lamp terminals. If they are pitted, replace the lamp (p/n 25AA83011) and the terminals (p/n 25AA-6780).
7. The two (2) main charge corona wires are installed incorrectly.
The corona wires are installed in the end blocks with the wires resting above the positioning tabs. This incorrect installation causes the corona wires to be
excessively close to the drum when the charge unit is installed. The corona wires will then overcharge the drum during the copy process.
Reinstall the corona wires in the end blocks so that the they rest on the outside ends of the first positioning tabs and on the lower tier of the second positioning
tab.
Solution ID

TAUS0612162EN*

Solution Usage

47

Description
The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Open ICP1 on the operation board. Replace the 5V DC ICP.
2. Poor DCPS1 connections (in particular, 5V DC). Diagnostics and memory cannot be accessed. When the RADF is disconnected, and the copier powered
up, code 60-01 is displayed (this is normal). At this point, the 47 and 25 modes can be accessed. Reseat the DCPS1 connections, the EPROMs on OB1,
and verify proper connections between the operation unit and CB1.
If reseating the connectors does not resolve the problem (5V DC cannot be measured from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6). Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510).
3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots).
Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function.
Note: To activate the beeper function:
1. Turn the machine ON while holding the HELP key.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

120

6190
2. Select Key click sound.
3. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response)
4. Turn machine OFF then ON.
4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC.
Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100).
5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n
25AE-7006).
6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a
particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322).
7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the
LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues.
8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a
set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A .
Main CB
- 619018-41.0
Main CB
- 619019-41.0
Main CB
- 619010-17.0
Operation board - 619022-40.0
Operation board - 619026-40.0
Operation board - 619027-40.0
Operation board - 619028-41.0
ADF CB
- DF30733-23.0
Sorter CB
- ST21265-17.0
Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four OP Board
EPROMs should be visible.
619022-40.0
619026-40.0
619027-40.0
619028-41.0
EPROM history hyperlink .
9. Loose connectors on the LCD cause a loss of transferred data. Reseat the connectors on the operation panel.
Solution ID

TAUS0601780EN*

Solution Usage

35

Description
Code 99-01 in idle or when duplexing. ADU rear or side guides are not positioned correctly.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Paper dust, toner and fuser oil residue build up in the stacker unit will cause binding of the ADU rear and side guide plates. Clean the stacker unit
thoroughly, then check the side guide operation using the 47 mode, code 89.
2. Front guide, torque limiter failure. Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540).
3. The rear guide is moving in too close to the paper due to toner contamination of the torque adjust gear (see explanation in 5370/6190 manual page 2-149).
Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540) and install the Collar C modification (p/n U141-1040) which is a nylon washer designed to eliminate toner from
contaminating the assembly. This modification is outlined in 5370/5370M/6190 Technical Bulletin #34 .
4. M22 failure (rear/side guide motor). The guide plates do not operate. Replace M22 (p/n 25AA-0261).
5. Faulty operation of DB3. Ensure that all ADU clutches and the torque limiter are in good operational order. If the problem continues to occur, replace DB3
(p/n 25AA-9083) may be functioning improperly. Replace if necessary.
Note: This code is not listed in the jam list in the 5370/6190 service manual. Refer to page 7-18 (25 mode section) in the service manual for additional error
codes.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

121

6190M
Solution ID

TAUS0603169EN*

Solution Usage

23

Description
Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper?
Solution
NCRPAPER has been approved for use with the listed machines.
Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product
that works extremely well.
Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 .
To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0605553EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Site requirements, 6190M.
Solution
Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site
requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed.
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0606723EN*

Solution Usage

Description
PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE ACCORDING TO ORIGINAL PLACEMENT message at power up, or when an original is placed in the RADF.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Paper dust is covering the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press
P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor,
LO is displayed, and if paper is present at the sensor, HI is displayed.
2. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) sensitivity is not adjusted correctly. On the RADF CB, adjust VR4 until LED4 lights, plus three scale divisions.
Check that the LED goes OFF/ON when paper is present/not present.
3. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) connector (CN593) is disconnected. Inspect the connector, which is located under the CFF lift plate.
4. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) reflector, located on the RADF guide plate (E) (p/n 12AA-4640), is incorrectly positioned or missing.
Reposition or replace the reflector (p/n 12AA46420).
5. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) has failed. Replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511). If necessary, replace the RADF power source wiring harness
(p/n 12WA90050).
Note: CFF mode cannot be disabled.
Solution ID

TAUS0608725EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
No power.
Solution
CAUSE: Fuse 2 on the relay board (behind the noise filter) is open, or CN67 on the relay board is not seated correctly.
SOLUTION: Replace the relay board (p/n 50BA-9261) and/or ensure that all connectors are secure.
CAUTION: Isolate power from the copier before working in this area.
Solution ID

TAUS0604632EN*

Description
ST212 compatibility.
Solution
The ST212, cannot be used on the model 5370M and model 6190M.
If the ST212, is installed on a model 5370M or model 6190M, code 77-78 will displayed on the LCD at power up, due to wiring differences to the bin alignment
arm motor (M205).
Solution ID

TAUS0609963EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

122

6190M
Jam positions 7 and 8 during copy mode.
Solution
CAUSE: The conveyance roller (C), or regulating belts, in the ADU paper reverse exit unit are worn.
SOLUTION: Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 25AA48190) or all six regulating belts (p/n 50BA48221).
Solution ID

TAUS0605192EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to identify a 6190M, ST212M, ST213M and DF307M.
Solution
The serial number prefix for a 6190M is 50BE. The serial number prefix for an ST212M is 12WN. The serial number prefix for a ST213M is 12WT. The serial
number prefix for the DF307M is 12WE.
Solution ID

TAUS0606324EN*

Solution Usage

Description
DF307M, jam position 10 or 11.
Solution
CAUSE: The double feed torque limiter spring can become deformed when an operator pulls a misfed original out without releasing the spring tension
handle.
SOLUTION: Reposition the spring within the torque limiter at the next PM or service call per DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #6 .
Solution ID

TAUS0607703EN*

Solution Usage

Description
PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE message at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust covers the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). This sensor is located to the right of the platen glass, approximately 3 inches from the
rear.
SOLUTION: Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this
photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor, LO (LOW) is displayed, and if paper is present at the
sensor, HI (HIGH) is displayed. If necessary, replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511) and/or the RADF power source wiring harness (p/n 12WA90050).
Solution ID

TAUS0608256EN*

Solution Usage

Description
How to program CFF paper sizes.
Solution
6190M CFF set-up programming (no EPROM update required):
1. Access the key operator mode. (power ON, Help).
2. Use the up/down arrows to select switch number 16 Magnification when CFF mode. APS select.
3. Set to "at R/E" (reduction/enlargement).
4. Press previous screen and turn the machine OFF/ON.
5. Set Erasure outside area of original to Area Outside Original Erased.
6. Set CFF original hole erasure to ON or OFF based on customers preference.
To select from standard CFF sizes, access the 25 mode and set software switches:
12-3 to 0 for CFF standard original mode.
The following standard CFF original sizes are available:
12-4 to 0 for 14 7/8x11 (CFF1)
9.5x11 (CFF2)
12x8.5 (CFF3)
12-4 to 1 for 14 7/8x12 (CFF1)
9.5x11 (CFF2)
9.5x12 (CFF3)
Set 12-5 and 12-6 to 0 the copy operation in the sort mode stops when full.
To select non-standard CFF sizes, use the following procedure as an example (14 7/8x8.5).
1. Access the 25 mode and set software switches:
2. Set 12-3 to 1 for CFF non-standard original mode (ON).
3. Set 12-4 to 0 (12x8.5 can be adjusted to accomodate our new size: 147/8x8.5).
4. Press Previous screen.
5. From the 25 mode menu screen, touch the down arrow.
6. Select #14 CFF size setting screen.
7. Press the next setting button four times to display CFF3 original vertical setting (inch) is displayed.
8. Input 149 (14.9 for 14 7/8 inches), then press SET.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

123

6190M
9. Press next setting to display the CFF3 holes number setting.
10. Set to 17 hole (from range of 15-19). This selection will set the size to 8.5 inch.
11. Press Previous screen until the 25 mode menu screen is displayed. Power the machine OFF.
Note: In the above example, AMS will reduce the copy to 79% to fit to 8.5x11. This may cut-off some of the original. If this is unacceptable, set the reduction
to 77% to compensate, then store the information using the job memory mode:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

In idle mode, press the Applications Button, touch CFF, touch CFF3 and touch OK. (flip the ADF exit tray).
Press Lens Mode Button, select preset #3 for 77% (APS will magnification.
Set other pertinent customer job data. When all job selections are made, press JOB MEMORY to display the Job Store/Recall Selection Screen.
Press JOB STORE. If the listed settings are correct, touch OK to display the Job Number Selection Screen.
Press one of the keys number 1-25. Your selection will be highlighted. Press OK.
Enter a job name of up to 6 characters using the Job Name Registration Screen. Press the OK button to complete the setting and return to the basic menu.
Select the job you just programmed using the job memory recall, load your CFF original and verify operation.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

124

7020
Solution ID

TAUS0613183EN*

Solution Usage

773

Description
Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner
misting onto the charging corona unit.
SOLUTION: Install the following:
1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040).
Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C.
2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020).
3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when
performing this modification.
Notes :
a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts
ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced.
Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER).
When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should
be reset.
To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several
times whenever toner is replaced.
CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is
replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior
to performing L-detect on new developer.
If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and
Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary.
c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately:
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1)
Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1)
Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1)
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2)
Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2)
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1)
Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1)
Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1)
Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1)
Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1)
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

125

7020
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

126

7022
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0619671EN*

Solution Usage

55

Description
F51-6 code at power up. 24V DC is present at CN22-5 on the PRDB.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed write unit.
SOLUTION: Replace write unit (p/n 26WA-6500).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

127

7025
Solution ID

TAUS0613183EN*

Solution Usage

773

Description
Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner
misting onto the charging corona unit.
SOLUTION: Install the following:
1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040).
Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C.
2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020).
3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when
performing this modification.
Notes :
a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts
ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced.
Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER).
When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should
be reset.
To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several
times whenever toner is replaced.
CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is
replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior
to performing L-detect on new developer.
If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and
Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary.
c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately:
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1)
Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1)
Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1)
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2)
Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2)
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1)
Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1)
Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1)
Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1)
Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1)
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

128

7025
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

129

7030
Solution ID

TAUS0613183EN*

Solution Usage

773

Description
Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner
misting onto the charging corona unit.
SOLUTION: Install the following:
1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040).
Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C.
2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020).
3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when
performing this modification.
Notes :
a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts
ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced.
Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER).
When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should
be reset.
To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several
times whenever toner is replaced.
CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is
replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior
to performing L-detect on new developer.
If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and
Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary.
c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately:
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1)
Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1)
Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1)
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2)
Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2)
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1)
Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1)
Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1)
Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1)
Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1)
Solution ID

TAUS0620775EN*

Solution Usage

114

Description
Thick line from front-to-rear 1/4 inch thick and 4 inches long, appearing on first copy out.
Solution
CAUSE: The PCL (Pre Charge Lamp) is coming ON while the machine is at idle, causing a slight charge on the drum.
SOLUTION: Install level 32-CIDO image control firmware which will stabilize the drum potential by making a conditioning rotation before copying the first
page.
Note: This does not apply to the bypass tray.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

130

7030
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

131

7033
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0608889EN*

Solution Usage

53

Description
Intermittent FRONT DOOR OPEN message, or copies are very light, have lines, unreadable characters, gray background or a portion of the image is missing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The door switch (MS1) actuator on some machines is too short to actuate the door switch.
A modified actuator (p/n 55GA12240) is available to correct this problem. It has been installed during production beginning with serial number 55QE04588.
Refer to 7033/7040 Technical Bulletin #8 for additional information.
Note: To prevent future problems, replace MS1 (p/n 40AA85010) when replacing the actuator.
2. The front door switch (MS1) has failed.
Check the operation of the front door switch by performing the following:
a. Power the copier ON.
b. Monitor the voltage at CN82-5 (gray wire) to ground, and CN82-6 (white wire) to ground.
Note: CN82 is a 6-pin connector located on the rear upper right corner of the copier approximately 1.5 inches below the main power switch (SW1).
c. A steady 24V DC should be observed at both CN82-5 and CN82-6. Any fluctuation in the observed voltage would be indicative of internal arcing within
the front door switch.
d. Replace the front door switch (p/n 40AA85010) as necessary.
Note: As a temporary measure, the switch contacts can be carefully cleaned.
Solution ID

TAUS0607812EN*

Solution Usage

49

Description
How to upgrade the 7033 system and image FlashROMs using a computer and the Windows* 9x ISW Trns utility.
Solution
The 7033 main body does not have EPROMs installed on the main CB or image processing board. The machine is equipped with FlashROMs which are
updated via a computer or using the ISW tool.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

132

7033
Windows 95 (version B recommended), Internet Explorer* 3.x or higher, or Windows 98 (Internet Explorer 4.0 included), Pentium* 100Mhz, parallel printer
cable, standard parallel port settings (other than ECP and EPP modes).
Note: Verify the parallel port setting and make changes utilizing the CMOS Setup Utility
(refer to your motherboard manual for instructions). Parallel port verification (but not changes) is made by right-clicking on My Computer click on Properties
click on Device Manager tab click on the [+] symbol to open Ports double-click on Printer Port (LPT1) to view the type of port [Manufacturer:].
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be acquired via the Konica website (www.konicabt.com) under [Eproms For Low Volume Copiers] located in the NSSG Web
Support area.
Website file designations:
ISWTRNSV332e.EXE (PC ISW utility file)
Contents of 7033 FlashROM files (7033-m46zr.exe version 46.0 PC files and 7033-i26r.exe version 26 Image):
55pai26.001 (image processing ROM)
55qec46.001 (system CB ROM)
55qec46.002 (system CB ROM)
55qec46.003 (system CB ROM)
55qec46.004 (system CB ROM)
Refer to the 7033-40-46.pdf file for level 46 enhancements on the Konica NSSG website.
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 (p/n FS105A04-18.0); and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 (p/n DF311303-16.0) are available on the website in the EPROMS
section (Eproms for Accessories). The file name for the FS105 is FS105-18.EXE, and the file name for the DF311 is DF311-16.EXE. The FS105 EPROM
enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
DOWNLOADING AND INSTALLING THE UTILITY:
Use the following procedure to download and install the ISW Utility and flash ROM files on the hard drive of the computer:
1. Obtain the ISW Trns utility file from the Konica web site. To download the ISW Trns utility program, perform the following:
a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com).
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SUPPORT.
c. Under [4 Technical], click on SECURED for NSSG Web Support.
d. A disclaimer is offered. Read it and click on [I Accept] to access the NSSG Web login page.
e. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
f. Click on the [Download EPROMS] link in the left margin.
g. Click on [EPROMs for Accessories].
h. Click on the [List Files] button.
i. Select ISWTRNSV332e.exe link and follow download instructions.
2. While at Konica's web site, download the 7033 firmware. To download the firmware programs, perform the following:
a. Click on the back arrow to return to the previous page.
b. Click on [Eproms for Low Volume Copiers].
c. Click on the [List Files] button.
d. Click on the latest firmware files link(s) to download, and follow prompted instructions.
3. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop .
4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions.
5. Set up the folders for the BIN files.
6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7033 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Control
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image files.
b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA.
COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA)
Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC.
CONNECTING
Connect a parallel interface cable to the copier.
CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns
does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to
disable ECP mode before run ISW Trns on a PC with the ECP setting.
UPDATING
Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0611362EN*

Solution Usage

44

Description
The Weekly Timer is not working correctly.
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware bug with system firmware level 42. The Weekly Timer calendar, for the Month of August, is incorrect. The calendar is programmed with
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

133

7033
August starting on a Monday instead of Tuesday. This incorrectly shifted calendar affects the on/off setting for the days of the week.
SOLUTION: Flash system firmware to level 42F. This file is for the correction of the weekly timer problem. The file names are 7033-42FP.EXE for PC files
and 7033-42FR.EXE for EPROMs for the ISW tool. The files are located on the Konica Web site in the EPROM for low volume copier section.
Solution ID

TAUS0607365EN*

Solution Usage

43

Description
F46-8 during warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: The write unit index sensor is out of adjustment or has failed.
SOLUTION: There is no field adjustment or part number for this sensor. Replace the write unit.
If the 7033 serial number is above 55QE06364, order the current style write unit (p/n 55HA-6500) which is only compatible with the current style polygon drive
board (p/n 55HA-9250).
Notes:
1. If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the current style (p/n 55GA65021) for machines above serial number 55QE06364.
2. If the 7033 serial number is below 55QE06365, order the original style write unit (p/n 55GA-6504) which is only compatible with the original style polygon
drive board (p/n 55GA-9250). If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the original style (p/n 55GA65020).

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

134

7035
Solution ID

TAUS0613183EN*

Solution Usage

773

Description
Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner
misting onto the charging corona unit.
SOLUTION: Install the following:
1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040).
Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C.
2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020).
3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when
performing this modification.
Notes :
a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts
ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced.
Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER).
When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should
be reset.
To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several
times whenever toner is replaced.
CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is
replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior
to performing L-detect on new developer.
If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and
Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary.
c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately:
26NA-K010 - KIT 1
Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1)
Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1)
Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1)
26NA-K020 - KIT 2
Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1)
26NA-K030 - KIT 3
ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2)
Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2)
26NA-K040 - KIT 4
Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1)
Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1)
Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1)
Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1)
Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1)
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

135

7035
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

136

7040
Solution ID

TAUS0606950EN*

Solution Usage

98

Description
F46-8 during warm-up.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The write unit index sensor is out of adjustment or has failed.
There is no field adjustment or part number for this sensor. Replace the write unit. If the 7040 serial number is above 55HE08835, order the current style
write unit (p/n 55HA-6500) which is only compatible with the current style polygon drive board (p/n 55HA-9250).
Notes:
a If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the current style (p/n 55GA65021) for machines above serial number 55HE08835.
b. If the 7040 serial number is below 55HE08836, order the original style write unit (p/n 55GA-6504) which is only compatible with the original style polygon
drive board (p/n 55GA-9250). If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the original style (p/n 55GA65020).
2. Loose connectors on the write unit.
Reseat all connectors on the write unit.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0606333EN*

Solution Usage

91

Description
Light copies. Toner fill is insufficient.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. When copying using the ADF in AES mode, lighter density may occur due to the process used to recognize the differences between light and dark on the
original.
To improve toner fill, install minimum of level 22.0 (system) and 20.0 (image processing) FlashROMs. These ROMs improve density by altering the light/dark
recognition process when using the ADF in the AES mode.
To flash the 7040 ROMs, use the Microsoft* Windows flash procedure.
The latest FlashROMs can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site .
Notes:
a. DF311 EPROM must be a version 16.0 or higher prior to flashing the latest level into the main body. This EPROM can be downloaded from the Konica
FTP site .
b. This EPROM can not be flashed into the DF311 like the main body. It must be removed from the DF311 and rewritten or replaced with the latest
version.
c. The density shift setting can also be changed using the P mode to achieve the desired copy quality:
I. With the machine in the idle mode, hold down P and press the 5 key.
II. Press the start/print key.
III. The density shift setting will be displayed. Change this value to achieve an acceptable density fill. A setting of 0 is darkest.
IV. Press stop/clear to return to the basic screen.
2. CN49 on HV2, which provides the 24V DC power supply for HV2 and also communicates T/S corona control and shift signals, is not properly seated.
To check CN49 on HV2, perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove CN49 from HV2.
c. Ensure that all the pins for CN49 on HV2 are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN49 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires are
properly attached to the connector.
d. Reseat CN49 on HV2. Remove any tie wraps, which may restrict the length of the wire harness and cause CN49 on HV2 to become dislodged.
3. Toner motor (M11) failed.
To check M11, perform the following:
a. Open the front door and remove the toner motor cover (p/n 55GA32030).
b. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys, power the machine ON), output code 55.
c. Verify that the toner motor comes ON. If M11 does not come ON, replace the motor (p/n 55GA-3280).
d. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0606487EN*

Solution Usage

90

Description
DF311, when an odd-size original is fed through the RADF, a portion of the image is deleted.
Solution
CAUSE: The RADF APS is unable to correctly detect odd-size scanned originals. The document feeder processes odd-size originals to the closest standard
size. A FlashROM upgrade is required.
SOLUTION: Upgrade FlashROMs to minimum level 37 (system), level 25 (image), DF311 level 16 and FS105 level 18. The latest firmware provides the
RADF ability to detect odd-sized originals.
Note: This function is enabled/disabled (ON/OFF) by a Key Operator Mode memory switch setting for RADF odd-sized original (last memory switch screen,
last item).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

137

7040
Note: Connect to the FTP site to download the firmware.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0607811EN*

Solution Usage

78

Description
How to upgrade the 7040 system and image FlashROMs using a computer and the Windows* 9x ISW Trns utility.
Solution
The 7040 main body does not have EPROMs installed on the main CB or image processing board. The machine is equipped with FlashROMs which are
updated via a computer/laptop or using the ISW tool.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
Windows 95 (version B recommended), Internet Explorer* 3.x or higher, or Windows 98 (Internet Explorer 4.0 included), Pentium* 100Mhz, parallel printer
cable, standard parallel port settings (other than ECP and EPP modes).
Note: Verify the parallel port setting and make any changes utilizing the CMOS Setup Utility (refer to your motherboard manual for instructions). Parallel port
verification (but not changes) is made by right-clicking on My Computer click on Properties click on Device Manager tab click on the [+] symbol to open
Ports double-click on Printer Port (LPT1) to view the type of port [Manufacturer:].
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be acquired via the Konica website (www.konicabt.com) under [Eproms For Low Volume Copiers] located in the NSSG Web
Support area.
Website file designations:
ISWTRNSV332e.EXE (PC ISW utility file)
Contents of 7040 FlashROM files (7040-m46zr.exe version 46.0 PC files and 7040-i26r.exe version 26 Image):
55gai26.001 (image processing ROM)
55hec46.001 (system CB ROM)
55hec46.002 (system CB ROM)
55hec46.003 (system CB ROM)
55hec46.004 (system CB ROM)
Refer to the 7033-40-46.pdf file for level 46 enhancements on the Konica NSSG website.
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 (p/n FS105A04-18.0); and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 (p/n DF311303-16.0) are available on the website in the EPROMS
section (Eproms for Accessories). The file name for the FS105 is FS105-18.EXE, and the file name for the DF311 is DF311-16.EXE. The FS105 EPROM
enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
DOWNLOADING AND INSTALLING THE UTILITY:
Use the following procedure to download and install the ISW Trns Utility and FlashROM files on the hard drive of the computer:
1. Obtain the ISW Trns utility file from the Konica web site. To download the ISW Trns utility program, perform the following:
a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com).
b. In the left-hand menu, click on SUPPORT.
c. Under [4 Technical], click on SECURED for NSSG Web Support.
d. A disclaimer is offered. Read it and click on [I Accept] to access the NSSG Web login page.
e. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login].
f. Click on the [Download EPROMs] link in the left margin.
g. Click on [EPROMs for Accessories].
h. Click on the [List Files] button.
i. Select ISWTRNSV332e.exe link and follow download instructions.
2. While at Konica's web site, download the 7040 firmware. To download the firmware programs, perform the following:
a. Click on the back arrow to return to the previous page.
b. Click on [Eproms for Low Volume Copiers].
c. Click on the [List Files] button.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

138

7040
d. Click on the latest firmware files link(s) to download, and follow prompted instructions.
3. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop .
4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions.
5. Set up the folders for the BIN files.
6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7040 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Control
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image files.
b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA.
COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA)
Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC.
CONNECTING
Connect a parallel interface cable to the copier.
CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns
does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to
disable ECP mode before run ISW Trns on a PC with the ECP setting.
UPDATING
Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0611455EN*

Solution Usage

67

Description
How to program platen APS for small size originals.
Solution
FlashROM version 37 is the minimum level to allow small sized original (business card size) detection to default to 5.5x8.5 or 8.5x11 size paper based on
software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 setting (see below). All ROMs must meet minimum levels listed below.
FlashROM FILES:
The latest FlashROM files can be downloaded from the FTP site .
PERIPHERALS:
FS105, EPROM version 18.0 . and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 are also available on the FTP site. The FS105 EPROM enhancement is: correction of
stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals.
To program platen APS, perform the following:
1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Press [1: Software SW].
3. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 21-3 to a 1.
4. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 as the follows:
a. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 and 7-4 to a 0 for 5.5x8.5R default.
b. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 to a 1 and 7-4 to a 0 for 8.5x11default.
4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: Platen APS will detect 5.5x8.5 and 5.5x8.5R originals. The default to 8.5x11 only applies to small originals the approximate size of a business card. To
have platen APS select 8.5x11 with either 5.5x8.5 or 5.5x8.5R, position original approximately 30 mm away from the scale plate.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0608522EN*

Solution Usage

66

Description
Intermittent FRONT DOOR OPEN message, or copies are very light, have lines, unreadable characters, gray background or a portion of the image is missing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The door switch (MS1) actuator on some machines is too short to actuate the door switch.
A new actuator (p/n 55GA12240) is available to correct this problem. It has been installed during production beginning with serial number 55HE05302. Refer
to 7033/7040 Technical Bulletin #8 for additional information.
Note: To prevent future problems, replace MS1 (p/n 40AA85010) when replacing the actuator.
2. The front door switch (MS1) has failed.
Check the operation of the front door switch by performing the following:
a. Power the copier ON.
b. Monitor the voltage at CN82-5 (gray wire) to ground, and CN82-6 (white wire) to ground.
Note: CN82 is a 6-pin connector located on the rear upper right corner of the copier approximately 1.5 inches below the main power switch (SW1).
c. A steady 24V DC should be observed at both CN82-5 and CN82-6. Any fluctuation in the observed voltage would be indicative of internal arcing within
the front door switch.
d. Replace the front door switch (p/n 40AA85010) as necessary.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

139

7040
Note: As a temporary measure, the switch contacts can be carefully cleaned.
Solution ID

TAUS0611893EN*

Solution Usage

58

Description
How to program platen default to a specific paper size (APS and AMS defeated). Selection when the ADF is lifted.
Solution
To program the machine to default to a specific paper size and cause APS and AMS to turn OFF when the RADF is lifted:
1. Access the key operator mode (press and hold the help key while powering the machine ON).
2. Press the down arrow key on the touchscreen
3. Select 13: Memory SW.
4. Scroll to Platen APS using the arrow keys located on the right side of the display.
5. Select EDIT to turn the feature OFF.
6. Press the down arrow on the bottom of the screen.
7. Scroll to Platen AMS using the arrow keys located on the right side of the display.
8. Select EDIT to disable the feature (OFF).
9. Power the machine OFF.
10. Access the 25 mode (power the machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys).
11. Press 1: Software SW.
12. Scroll to, and set the software dipswitches as the follows:
7-1 to 1 (selection of auto restart when paper is replenished)
7-2 to 0 (platen APS switching to 8.5x11)
7-3 to 1 (platen - small size originals)
7-4 to 0 (platen - small size originals)
10-4 to 1 (1:1 magnification selection when APS released)
13. Next, set software dipswitches 8-4, 8-5 and 8-6 to select the tray with the paper size you desire. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input
to select a specific tray:
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: No preference
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 1
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 2
8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 3
8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 4
14. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0606570EN*

Solution Usage

57

Description
Memory specifications, 7040.
Solution
The machine is equipped from the factory with 16MB of SIMM memory on the main CB (located beneath the platen glass under the lens cover) which is
upgradeable to 80MB. MU-103 memory modules (32MB, SIMM) can be ordered using PCUA 950781. Proper performance is guaranteed ONLY with Konica
Specified SIMM memory modules. Memory configuration and specifications are very complicated. As a result, purchase of memory from a vendor may
result in the wrong SIMM, even though the product is high quality.
The following specifications are guidelines:
1. Konica 32MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950781) are available at 60 or 70ns, with non-parity. These modules have tin plated contacts. Some 60ns SIMMs
are provided. The 60ns memory can be used in combination with 70ns, providing a 70ns SIMM is installed in bank 0 (first slot).
2. The original 16MB SIMM in the E-RDH is GOLD plated. The E-RDH does not require parity memory.
3. EDO (Extended Data Output) must not be used.
4. After installation of any memory, the memory check procedure should be performed:
a. Access the 47 mode, output code 198, and press START/PRINT (memory check starts; it takes approximately 5 minutes to complete). Do not press
START/PRINT again.
b. The output value according to the amount of expanded memory is displayed following [OUT:] on the LCD.
Expanded Memory : Output Value
0 MB
9994
16MB
9995
32MB
9996
48MB
9997
64MB
OK
This check is used only to verify SIMM condition - not the E-RDH board, except to determine its SIMM access function. A maximum of 4 SIMMs can be
mounted.
c. If any SIMM fails, [Memory Error] displays, and each SIMM must be checked to determine which is failed.
Volatile Memory Guarantee Statement:
The Konica 7040 uses an E-RDH (Electronic Recirculating Document Handler). This E-RDH stores each job in memory prior to printing. The standard E-RDH
configuration is 16MB of memory. The memory module used to achieve this is the 72-pin SIMM (Single Inline Memory Module) type. This memory is volatile
(i.e., all memory addresses on a module of this type are reset whenever power is removed).
Optional configurations for the E-RDH allow for memory to be increased above the standard 16MB configuration. This is done by adding other modules of the
same type only, thus an optional memory configuration would also be volatile.
The process of powering the Konica 7040 off via the main power switch on the lower left corner of the exit side of the machine removes power from the
E-RDH, thus any information previously stored will be impossible to retrieve when the main power switch is turned ON.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

140

7040

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

141

7045
Solution ID

TAUS0618161EN*

Solution Usage

231

Description
Intermittently, a one inch gray background band in the front-to-rear direction is present on the lead edge of a copy produced after the machine has sat idle for
30 or more minutes.
Solution
CAUSE: Use of non - Konica Minolta drum.
SOLUTION: Replace the drum with an authentic Konica Minolta drum.
Solution ID

TAUS0614076EN*

Solution Usage

149

Description
Intermittent E56-01 at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Loss of communication from the image control board (ICB) to the main CB.
SOLUTION: Separate the ICB from the main CB and inspect the connection point (CN10) for any obstruction or damage. Reseat the ICB and verify
operation. If problem persists, replace the ICB (p/n 55YA-9020).
Solution ID

TAUS0614635EN*

Solution Usage

146

Description
Intermittent J16 when copying from the platen glass or document feeder.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect Software SW setting.
Note: While copying from the glass, when touching the print button and L1 is performing APS the paper will prematurely feed causing a J16.
SOLUTION: To change software SW setting perform the following;
1. Access the 25 mode (power machine OFF/ON while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).
2. Memory setting mode will be displayed.
3. Press [1. Software SW].
4. Software SW will be displayed.
5. Scroll to dipswitch 2-2.
6. Press the OFF button on the touchscreen to change the setting to a 0.
7. Press [RETURN] to exit the Software SW mode.
8. Power OFF/ON.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0618237EN*

Solution Usage

66

Description
FS109, FINISHER TRAY FAILURE message during initialization.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. PS806 (tray lower limit detect sensor) is not being actuated.
Visually inspect PS806 to see if it is being actuated. If PS806 is not being actuated, inspect for any binding in the paper exit tray. To check the operation of
PS806, perform the following:
a. Access the 47 multimode (power the copier ON, while simultaneously holding the 4 and 7 keys), input code 70, press P-06-P. The touchscreen should
indicate ON if PS806 is being actuated.
b. If PS806 is actuated, and the touchscreen indicates OFF, check for 5V DC at CN703-A3 on the FNCB (finisher control board)(p/n 13LP-9010).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

142

7045
c. If 5V DC is not present at CN703-A3, power the machine OFF and remove CN703.
d. Power the machine ON, and check CN703-A3 for 5V DC.
e. If 5V DC is present, check for any pinched wires going to PS806 and replace as necessary (p/n 12QV85510).
Note: If the finisher is disconnected and a management list is printed, F77-2 will be incremented on the jam list.
2. MS804 is not providing 24V DC to CN709-1 when it is ON. MS804 is wiring normally open. When the stapler safety (PV) plate is engaged the contacts of
MS804 should be closed.
Confirm 24V DC at CN709-1 when MS804 is actuated. If voltage is not present, replace MS804 (p/n 12QR86010).
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

143

7050
Solution ID

TAUS0601193EN*

Solution Usage

501

Description
Latest EPROM level, 7050.
Solution
Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]]
Solution ID

TAUS0611382EN*

Solution Usage

401

Description
E46-08.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. MS2 and MS3 front door interlock switches are not functioning electrically. Interlocks may ohm out good.
Perform the following checks:
a. Check the resistance on CN8-B6 and CN8-B8 on the main CB. With the connector disconnected from the CB and the front door closed, there should be
no resistance.
b. With the machine powered on, front door closed and CN8 connected to the main CB, approximately 8V DC should be present on CN8-B8 to frame
ground and CN8-B6 to frame ground should also have 8V DC.
c. With power on and front door open, CN8-B8 should have about 3V DC and CN8-B6 should have 8V DC.
With the front door closed, if 8V DC is present on 8-B6 and not present on 8-B8 or if resistance is high or unlimited, check wiring, replace the set of 2 front
door switches (p/n 197085010).
2. MS2 and MS3 are not actuating in proper sequence.
When the front door is closed MS2 and MS3 must be actuated prior to the door switch (AC switch) or a E46-08 will occur. Examine switch actuation and
move switches, within mounting holes, to actuate as early as possible.
3. There is a loss of 8V DC to the main CB. If 8V DC is not present on either connector, check the DCPS1 voltages. If the DCPS1 voltages are bad replace
DCPS1, (p/n 25SA84510). If DCPS1 voltages are good, replace the main CB, (p/n 25SE-9010).
4. Failed or poorly connected E-RDH.
Reseat the connectors on the E-RDH and if the problem persists, replace the board (p/n 25SA-9610).
5. A constant E46-08 is a symptom of a failed write unit. The 3rd mirror may be out of position. The write unit should be examined to ensure that the 3rd
mirror and cylindrical lens 2 are properly positioned . This is especially true if this code appears on set-up after machine transport. The mirror and lens can
be reinstalled to their proper position. If necessary replace the write unit (p/n 25SA-6500). Note: There are 2 styles of write units. One contains much less
hardware than the original write unit. Less hardware in the unit does not equate to a failed unit.
6. If the error code is intermittent and double imaging is present, the index detecting board has failed. Replace the index detecting board, (p/n 25SA-9540).

7. Communication between the write unit and the image processing board is corrupted.
Replace image processing board (25S0-9500).
8. A connector to the video interface card is loose which is creating a loss in communication.
Reseat the connectors on the V/I card and verify proper operation.
9. The main CB has failed.
Replace the main CB (p/n 25SE-9010).
10. If the error code is continuously displayed, check the EPROM set for a mismatch between the Image processing board and main CB. Also check the
EPROMs on the image processing board for bent pin or missing pin.
Replace EPROMs to latest level and configuration.
EPROM history hyperlink .
11. An incompatible SIMMs memory module is installed.
Proper performance is guaranteed ONLY with Konica specified SIMM memory modules. Konica 16 MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950760) and 32 MB SIMM
modules (PCUA 950761) are available at 60 or 70ns, with parity. These modules have tin plated contacts. The original 16MB SIMM in the E-RDH is GOLD
plated.
Note: Some 60ns SIMMs are provided. 60ns memory can be used in combination with 70ns as long as a 70ns SIMM is installed in bank 0 (in the first slot).
The E-RDH does not require parity memory.
12. Signal is being lost or corrupted.
Check presence of 5V DC. Check all connector pins on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board) CN64, CN145, CN68 and CN144. Examine the pins on
the connectors closely to determine if one pin has backed away from its proper seating position (In one case a pin on CN68 had backed out). Replace or
repair as necessary.
Solution ID

TAUS0601788EN*

Solution Usage

163

Description
The zoning is incorrect or cannot be adjusted.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

144

7050
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The first side zoning or centering adjustment needs to be done. Follow the procedure on page 7-33 through 7-35 of the 7050 service manual (4/97 3rd
edition).
2. If the zoning for the second side is off. Check for a dirty sensor or LED on the Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB). Clean both areas.
3. There is a poor connection at the IPDB. Reseat the connectors on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board).
4. The Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB) is faulty. Replace the IPDB, (p/n 25SA-9200), or the paper detect LED (p/n 25SA-4150).
Solution ID

TAUS0601739EN*

Solution Usage

142

Description
How to set APS default to 8.5x11with Non Image Area Erase ON.
Solution
Special EPROMs have been developed for setting the APS default to 8.5x11 if the original detected is smaller than 8.5x11R. They are presently available on
the Konica website. To access the EPROM file, perform the following:
1. Access Konica's Homepage (www.konicabt.com).
2. Click on Support (top of page).
3. Scroll down the page and click on NSSG Web Support.
4. Log on to NSSG Web Support and click on the EPROMS icon.
5. Select Eproms for High Volume Copiers and click on [List].
6. Scroll down to the 7050-28D.EXE file, click on it, and save it to disk.
Note: Refer to 7050/FORCE 50 Technical Bulletin #28 for additional information.
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0611484EN*

Solution Usage

138

Description
J30 during copying or printing.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Incorrect EPROM level. The problem appears as inconsistent loop and can be prevalent in one sided and duplex modes. Install minimum level 26
EPROMs. Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe
v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]] EPROM history, 7050 .
2. The transfer guide plate is too low in reference to 2nd paper feed guide plate. Adjust the 2nd paper feed guide plate to 1mm above the transfer guide by
installing two washers (p/n 00Z610401). For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B .
3. The 2 mylars on the lower paper feed resist plate, in the 2nd paper unit, are missing or damaged:
a. Some machines may not have any mylars installed.
b. Some machines have the original style rear mylar (p/n 25SA41240) and front mylar (p/n 25SA41230).
c. Machines with s/n 25SE03894 and above have an updated front mylar (p/n 25SA41231), rear mylar (p/n 25SA41241) and conveyance mylar (previously
not used) (p/n 25SA41250) . This modification eliminates (p/n 25SA41150 and 25SA41160).
d. Machines with s/n 25SE09221 and above have an updated conveyance mylar (p/n 25SA41251). This minor change to the mylar improves A4 and A3
feed capabilities (now standard on all machines).
All mylars are to be replaced as a set. The newest style configuration is recommended. For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B .Note: The 7050
Parts Catalog (11/95), pages 46 and 47 is incorrect. Part numbers for items 4 and 5 only apply to the upper plate mylars.
4. Paper feed clutches slipping or not operating properly.
Clean or replace if necessary, 2nd paper feed (MC3) (p/n 25SA82010), upper paper feed (MC5) (p/n 25SA82030), lower paper feed (MC6) (p/n 25SA82030),
bypass (MC7) (p/n 25SA82020) and PFU conveyance (MC8) (p/n 25SA822030). Slipping can occur on new machines and cleaning clutches on setup may
be beneficial. Check the allen screws on the clutches to ensure they are tightened properly.
5. A pinched (shorted) wire to the second paper feed clutch (MC3).
Repair the wire as an interim solution. Replacing MC3 (p/n 25SA82010) is the permanent solution.
6. Separation claw does not activate prior to the lead edge of the paper.
First eliminate paper feed related problems and verify AC and DC separation currents are properly adjusted. Separation claw timing is adjustable in 25 mode
(identical to other models such as the 4155). This information in not published in the 7050 service manual. Address 01 is for claw ON timing: setting range
0-9 (3) with a 10mm increment for each change of value. Address 02 is for claw OFF timing (6) with the same ranges and specifications.
7. Copy accordion jams between 2nd feed and the drum are the result of a faulty rocking clutch is causing the drum separator claws to stay down and catch
the paper as it conveys under the drum.
Replace rocking clutch (p/n 25SA20520) and rocking lever (p/n 25SA20540).
These are located at the rear of the drum carriage and attached to the end of the drum claw shaft.
8. Check the flag on the pre-feed sensor, upper (PS20) for binding or weak/not attached return spring (p/n 25SA40560). The same checks should be
performed to the pre-feed sensor, lower (PS21).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

145

7050
Disassemble flag mechanism and repair or replace as necessary. The plate that PS20 mounts to can get bent down causing the bottom of the flag to rub on
the T/S HV supply. Note: This problem results in a symptom J31 with the paper not reaching the second paper feed roller.
9. Upper claws do not contact upper fuser roller.
With the fuser pulled out, check the green handle latching mechanism (used to lift the upper exit guide). When closed the upper claws must contact the fuser
roller. If latch binds and prohibits claws from contacting roller, replace the following parts with new style: Separate release plate (p/n 25SA53182) and paper
exit guide plate (p/n 25SA-5442) Note: these must be replaced as a set, cannot mix old and new styles.
Countermeasure fixing jam removal lever
10. The paper loop timing is improperly adjusted on the first side, causing excessive curl of the paper. This creates feed problems on the second side.
Adjust the paper loop on the first side by using 36 mode address 94, range -20 to 50, while selecting the appropriate tray. One step is equal to approximately
0.1% change (a value of 35 has worked well in field tests). To view the loop: remove the toner supply cover (p/n 25SA32060). Note: If toner supply unit is
pulled out to view loop, toner may compact in the
toner supply unit.
11. The PFU guide mylars are rough or nicked.
Inspect and replace the guide mylars PFU resist Rear (p/n 25SA41150) and PFU resist Front (p/n 25SA41160).
12. If the jam occurs in the 35 adjustment mode such as the Printer Gradation Adjustment ask the technician if he is using 11x17 paper.
If 11x17 is not selected and the originals are printed on 8.5x11, a jam will occur. This information is not in the IP-201 service manual. Insure technician
selects 11x17 paper.
13. Failed high voltage power supply (B). Insufficient transfer. Replace the HVPS (p/n 25SA84020).
14. A failed M1(main motor) or the motor speed is slow. The image may also be reduced in the lead-to-trail direction. To check M1 operation, perform the
following:
a. Access the 47 mode (power ON the machine while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), input code 040. Press the P button to display the current data (normally
set to 16.
b. Enter a higher value (maximum is 31), and press the P button, again, to store the change.
This data change increases M1 speed during copier operation which, in turn, alters paper feed timing.
If the problem persists, replace M1 (p/n 25SA-1520).
Notes:
A. Ensure that the M1 drive system is free of any binding. M1 drives the fusing unit, conveyance belt, toner conveyance screw and the 2nd paper feed
clutch (MC3).
B. Return the data in the 47 mode, input code 040 to 16.
15. Excessive wear on registration sensor in the second PFU. Possibly caused by too much loop.
Replace the Resist Actuator (p/n 540041112) and adjust the loop timing.
Note: May be evident only in the 600dpi mode.
16. If the paper stopping slightly before the second feed rollers, the one-way bearing in the regulating gear (p/n 25SA77260) of the paper feed unit is over
lubricated.
Clean the one-way bearing.
17. If the paper is stopping partially out of the fuser, check for a missing or broken paper exit actuator (p/n 25BA53250).
18. The stop and start timing of the paper is incorrect. Copies may jam on the conveyance and exhibit creases or folds (the crease/fold may be more visible
on 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R paper)
Clean the second feed clutch (MC3) and conveyance clutch (MC8). Clean, then check the paper feed restart photosensor (PS4). Verify change of state at
the main CB CN9-A5. When cleaning is complete, signals and power check good, yet the problem remains, replace the conveyance clutch (p/n 25SA82030)
and/or the 2nd paper feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010).
Note: Also, check loop timing (36 mode, code 94, START/PRINT, P).
19. Worn 2nd paper feed rollers, bushings and clutch.
Replace worn parts: Upper 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41060), Lower 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41050), Upper bushings 2 (p/n 540076020), Lower bushings 2
(p/n 540076030), 2nd feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010).
20. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection board failed.
Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100).
21. When feeding metric size paper (A4).
Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example, A4 should not be loaded in the 'R' direction. If unit is set up as COPIER ONLY, install A4/B5 Special
EPROM set.
EPROM history hyperlink .
22. If, after a PM, copy quality is poor, the transfer corona was reassembled incorrectly. The relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n
25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona is incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the transfer guide material assembly height (the guide is set at the factory), if
guide is adjusted or removed, replacement of the entire corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2600) is required. It must not be adjusted or disassembled in the field.
Note: In the parts catalog, the transfer guide material assembly is listed as a separate part, but is no longer available. This information is contained in 7050
Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly.
23. Charge corona grid plate is not correctly installed.
Ensure that the grid plate is correctly installed.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

146

7050
24. The T/S corona unit is not operating properly in the duplex mode.
Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n: 25SA-2604).
25. Reduction of copy size may also accompany the error code. Corrupted data in memory or a failed NOVRAM is the cause.
Reinitialize memory. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings resets the total counter to 0. As such, hotline assistance is required for this
procedure
If the problem reoccurs, replace the NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The NOVRAM is located on the main CB (IC21).
26. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. Jams occur from the universal tray only. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection
board has failed.
Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100).
27. When running non-inch size such as A4 size paper.
Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example A4 should not be loaded in the A4R direction.
Install A4/B5 Special EPROM set.
Solution ID

TAUS0603042EN*

Solution Usage

131

Description
J13-02 while copying.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Conveyance clutch wiring (for the 1500 sheet tray) is being pinched or cut. Check wiring on the conveyance unit for damage. Replace wiring (clutch
assembly) or repair wiring.
2. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to the LCT cable (front or rear) coming off the pulley. Restring the cable. Verify the tension and
operation of the cable and pulley system.
3. The paper detect actuator for Tray 3 is catching on the lift up lever (p/n 25SA58130) causing the paper tray not to raise while copying. File the contact
area on the paper detect actuator. Ensure the actuator does not catch on the lift up lever.
4. The LCT pre-write sensor (PS210) is dirty. Clean PS210.
5. The LCT paper feed clutch (CL1) is dirty. Clean CL1.
6. The LCT paper feed solenoid (SD141) is dirty. Clean SD141.
7. The one-way bearing on the reverse roller (or torque limiter) (p/n 25AA40220) is worn and slipping. Replace the bearing and inspect the shaft for wear. If
necessary replace the shaft, (p/n 25SA58190).
8. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to broken tray rails. Replace the tray rails.
9. Paper feed stay/middle has been slightly redesigned in the FORCE 50 as well as newer 7050 serial number 25SE08007. Replacement of this paper feed
stay/middle (p/n 25SA-0611) may assist paper travel.
10. The paper feed open/close plate is deformed.
Repair or replace the paper feed open/close plate (p/n 25SA58060).
If J13-02 (1000 LCT) or J14-02 (1500 LCT) only when duplexing and/or sorting and stapling, check:
11. Failed LCT motor assembly (M140). This motor is the drive for both LCT trays.
Replace the LCT motor assembly (p/n 25SA-1830).
12. Failed DCDB.
Replace the DCDB (p/n 25SA-9040).
Solution ID

TAUS0602212EN*

Solution Usage

118

Description
The copies/prints are dark or have background.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The scorotron grid is seated incorrectly, damaged or mounted upside down. Repair or replace the grid, (p/n 25SA25080).
2. The charge corona wire is not positioned correctly within the block. Check the position of the corona wires within the block and reseat as required.
3. The toner guide roller or cleaning blade is worn. Replace the worn component: toner guide roller assembly (p/n 25SA-2080), cleaning blade (p/n
25SA-2060).
4. Developer breakdown due to over or undertoning. Remove the drum carriage, clean the existing developer from the developer unit and replace with fresh
developer. Clean the toner recycling path to remove any toner from the system. Replace the drum carriage and developer unit. Record all existing 25 mode
settings and 47 mode charge and transfer settings. Perform machine initialization. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

147

7050
total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure.
Note: To web users, the preceding hyperlink is not available for viewing from the web.
Perform an L detect (47 mode, output code 95). Now make another copy and check for the absence of background. Replace the toner unit and add toner.
Restore all 25 mode special settings.
5. Incorrect toner was added. Monitor the TDS voltage. It should be approximately 1.2V DC. If it increases to 2.0V DC and keeps increasing slowly; the
incorrect toner was probably installed. Purge the toner hopper and developer, and recycling tube. Install the correct supplies.
6. If the internal test patterns are normal, then the CCD unit is defective.
Replace the CCD unit (p/n 25SA-6400).
7. The drum is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the drum. The recommended replacement interval is every 120,000 copies.
8. A defective high voltage power supply A. Replace high voltage power supply A (p/n 25SA84010).
9. Incorrect charge corona current data in memory. The value range is very low (1 - 10). The target value is 170.
Ensure that the charge corona is seated properly. Perform the charge corona current adjustment. If unable to attain the correct value, inspect the condition of
the charge corona grid (plate) and wires. If deemed necessary, replace the charging control plate (p/n 25SA25080), charge corona wire (p/n 25SA25090), or
the complete corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2500).
10. The toner auger (unavailable part) is lightly scraping the toner density sensor causing it to fail. The damaged TDS, unable to properly regulate the toner
density, initiates an overtoned condition.
Replace the TDS (p/n 25SA88030) and the developing detect seal (p/n 25SA30160) which is also damaged by contact with the auger. The toner auger shaft
holders (p/n 318076190) also need replacing.
11. Defective toner level detecting sensor.
Replace the toner level detecting sensor (p/n 540088030).
Solution ID

TAUS0601412EN*

Solution Usage

111

Description
How to program ECM.
Solution
To program functions of ECM, perform the following:
1. In the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys) enable the ECM option. Set address P05 to:
0 - ECM not selected
1 - ECM selected with no stop at limit
3 - ECM selected with stop at limit (will allow user to complete current job)
5 - ECM selected with immediate stop at limit
2. Set the Master key code. In the 25 mode, access addresses P72 through P79 (using the magnification arrow keys) and enter the customer-created 8-digit
number starting with the lowest digit at address 72. Exit the 25 mode by powering the copier OFF/ON.
3. Access the Password Set mode. Press [P] and [9] on the keypad, then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [1], then [Start Print], to select Password Set mode. No. 001 is displayed.
b. Use the keypad to enter a 5-digit password (not all zeros).
c. Start must be pressed after each entry.
d. Press the magnification up arrow to access the next password.
Note : If required, continue to set up to 256 passwords.
e. Press (Stop/Clear) to exit the Password Setmode.
4. To access the Limit Copy Count mode, press [P] and [9] on the keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [2], then [Start Print] to select limit copy count mode. No. 001 is displayed.
b. Use the magnification arrows to reach the desired account number from 001-256.
c. Use the keypad to enter a 6-digit copy count limit up to 999,999. To assign unlimited copying, enter 6 zeros.
d. Press (Start Print) to store the limit for that password account.
Note : To set copy limits for additional passwords, repeat steps 2-4
5. To read the Copy Count/Limit mode, press [P] and [9] on keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [3] then, [Start Print] to display the current copy count/limit for password No. 001.
b. Read and record the information if needed.
c. To continue reading the current copy count/limit for additional passwords, use the magnification arrows to display subsequent passwords.
6. To access the Account Reset mode, press [P] and [9] on keypad then enter the key operator password to access the ECM mode:
a. Press [4] then [Start Print] to select account reset mode.
b. Press [Start Print] to display the message for clear all accounts [Yes/No?].Select NO: .
Note : If you only want to clear individual accounts, press (Stop/Clear) to display No. 001. Use the magnification arrows to move to the correct account and
press [Start Print] to clear that account. Move to a new account and repeat if necessary. Select YES: .
CAUTION : Be sure you want to clear the copy counts for all passwords. When the message for clear all accounts [Yes/No?] is displayed, press [Start Print].
7. To exit the ECM mode, press [P] and [Stop/Clear] simultaneously.
Note : Please see pages 7-15 and 7-22 of the Service Manual and page 6-2 of the User Reference Guide.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

148

7055
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

149

7055
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611831EN*

Solution Usage

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

45

February 2013

150

7055
Description
Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent.
Solution
CAUSES: Timing error.
SOLUTION: If this issue is occurring, upgrade to level 23.0 EPROMs.
Notes:
1. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7055 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7055.txt]]
for more information.
d. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Level 23.0
EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7055-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part numbers:
Main CB
C1 (p/n 7055122-23.0)
C2 (p/n 7055123-23.0)
Image processing board
I1 (p/n 7055B29-13.0)
I2 (p/n 7055B30-13.0)
Operation Panel
O1 (p/n 7055216-21.0)
O2 (p/n 7055217-20.0)
O3 (p/n 7055212-20.0)
O4 (p/n 7055218-21.0)
Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0
EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines.
DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0)
FS106 (p/n FS106BA02-20.0)
FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BAO2-40.0)

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

151

7060
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

152

7060
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0605150EN*

Solution Usage

200

Description
DF310, intermittent jam position 14 when using the RADF. This jam will register as J62 in the data logs.
Solution
Important note concerning changes to the DF310.
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The platen glass is dirty. Clean the platen glass with an approved glass cleaner.
2. The RADF is out of position. Check the RADF position using the RADF positioning blocks (p/n 12ER12073). See the DF310 service manual page 5 and 6
(dated 9/97).
3. The RADF height is not within specification. Use the height spacers (p/n 12ER12110). See the DF310 service manual page 6 and 7 (dated 9/97).
4. The paper supply rubber (B) on the feed assembly is worn. Replace the supply rubber (p/n 12VR40100). The recommended replacement interval of the
supply rubber is every 150,000 feeds.
5. The paper supply rubber (B) is installed backwards on the feed roller assembly. Remove the feed roller assembly and verify that the white dot on the
supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) faces the same side as the coupling (p/n 12VR40460).
6. The original feed sensor (PS305) does not recognize the original. Clean PS305, and reseat the connector to the sensor. Verify the operation of PS305.
Measure the voltage at CN102-5 (yellow wire) on the RADF CB to TP5 (power GND). With no paper present the reading should be 0.1V DC. With paper
present the reading should be 4.9V DC. If necessary replace PS305 (p/n 12ER85521).
7. The physical distance between the original transmission sensor (PS302) and the original feed sensor (PS305) is too far apart. Physically shift the position
of both sensors as closely together as possible, without creating a constant jam indication.
8. The original push pressure plate has excessive tension (upward force). Adjust the pressure plate by loosening the mounting screw and altering the spring
tension with the adjustment screw (one or both are paint locked screws). With the plate raised, use a gram gauge to push the plate down. The pressure plate
should break away from the feed tire at 115 to 135 grams. Note: For accurate adjustment it is recommended that a 300g gram gauge (p/n 00TL-3040) be
used.
9. Machines within the serial number range 55FE00001 to 55FE02088 are equipped with paper supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) and torque limiters (p/n
12VR40620 on the DF310, which can potentially cause original misfeeds. Order the paper feed kit (p/n DF310-001) which contains a new torque limiter and
paper supply rubber (B). Note: For best machine performance it is strongly recommended that all main body EPROMs be upgraded to the latest release
when the kit is installed. See DF310 Technical Bulletin #1,
EPROM history, DF310 .
EPROM history, 7060. .
[[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
Solution ID

TAUS0605221EN*

Solution Usage

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

170

February 2013

153

7060
Description
EPROM history, 7060.
Solution
EPROM history, 7060. .
Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.1 .
See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.2 .
See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.3 .
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #21 for features of Level 18.0 EPROMs.
See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #18 for features of Level 16.0 EPROMs.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0605050EN*

Solution Usage

151

Description
How to program the default paper tray.
Solution
Note: In order to program the default paper tray, a minimum EPROM level of 13 is required.
The firmware listed above provides selection of default paper tray at power up under the following conditions:
1. APS and ATS are both enabled.
2. If using Intersheet mode, chapter (copy insertion setting) and OHP are selected.
3. When the priority tray for APS is not selected or the tray is empty.
4. When ATS is selected during printer operation.
Set 25 mode dipswitches:
15-2 15-1 15-0
0
0
0
Standard search order - start at Tray 2 (Default)
0
0
1
Start at Tray 1 (1= 2= 3= 4= 5)
0
1
0
Start at Tray 2 (2= 3= 4= 5= 1)
0
1
1
Start at Tray 3 (3= 4= 5= 1= 2)
1
0
0
Start at Tray 4 (4= 5= 1= 2= 3)
1
0
1
Start at Tray 5 (5= 1= 2= 3= 4)
1
1
0
Standard search order - start at Tray 2
1
1
1
Standard search order - start at Tray 2
ALTERNATIVE METHOD
If older firmware is installed, the following procedure can be used:
1. To select Tray 5 as the default tray when APS is turned OFF, set 25 mode dipswitches 8-4 to 1, 8-5 to 0 and 8-6 to 1.
2. In the Key Operator Mode (power machine ON while pressing help), select memory switches.
a. Select #7 and turn OFF Platen APS.
b. Select #11 and turn OFF ATS/APS for Tray 3.
c. Select #14 and turn OFF Platen AMS.
The above programming allows the 7060 to default to the LT351 when copying from the platen glass or when using the RADF in ATS/APS mode. Image
rotation and mixed sized originals will function as well.
Note: (Alternative solution) ATS for 8.5x11 Tray 3 will not operate and 8.5x11 will be the default size when copying from the platen glass.
Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
Solution ID

TAUS0605167EN*

Solution Usage

144

Description
Light copies.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. DMAX and GAMMA initial settings were not performed at setup. Perform the DMAX and GAMMA initial setting (47 mode code 18). This adjustment
must be performed after the L detect adjustment and before the laser gradation adjustment. This information is located on page 6-57 of the 7060 Service
Manual.
2. Density shift is displayed properly (data = 3), however the main CB does not recognize the value.
Reset density shift values:
a. In idle mode press [P], then [5], then [START PRINT].
b. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
c. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
d. In idle mode press [P], then [6], then [START PRINT].
e. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

154

7060
f. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
g. In idle mode press [P], then [7], then [START PRINT].
h. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT].
i. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT].
j. In idle mode press [P], then [8], then [START PRINT]
k. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. Note: P, 8 remains at 0.
3. Toner buildup at the entrance of the developer unit has caused a bind in the toner supply unit damaging the toner drive gears. Replace damaged toner
hopper drive gears. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. Toner supply idler gears A and B
have been redesigned and are available as (p/n 25SA77291) for gear A and (p/n 25SA77311) for gear B. The new gears are black (old style are white).
Note: Replacing developer and performing L-detect is highly recommended after repairs have been completed. After installing new developer, do not cycle
machine until the following steps are complete:
a. Thoroughly clean the recycle tube.
b. Disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit.
c. Perform the L-detect adjustment. This information is found in 7060/FORCE 60/7150 Technical Bulletin #2B .
4. No ADD TONER indication. Open the toner hopper and inspect the level of toner. If the amount of toner is below the Toner Level Detect (TLD) sensor,
and no ADD TONER indication is displayed perform the following;
a. Remove the TLD sensor.
b. Clean the sensor of all toner residue.
c. Reinstall the TLD.
d. Run 105 blank copies.
e. Verify the ADD TONER indication is on. If it is, add toner. If the ADD TONER indication does not go on, replace the TLD sensor (p/n 540088030).
5. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. To prevent the toner agitating seal from deforming and to ensure proper cleaning
of the TLD sensor, a pressure spring has been added to toner agitating plate B of the agitating plate assembly closest to the toner detection sensor. Replace
the agitator plate/2 assembly (p/n 25SA-3320) and the agitator plate assembly (p/n 25SA-3271) as needed. Machines starting with serial number 55FE05655
have been factory upgraded with this modification. See 7060/7065/7150/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #30 for more information.
6. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 55FA-9010).
Solution ID

TAUS0605039EN*

Solution Usage

135

Description
Unable to adjust lead edge registration.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. The wrong mode was selected when performing the lead edge adjustment. There are two modes, copier and printer. Ensure the correct mode is selected
before performing the adjustment. To perform the lead edge adjustment perform the following:
a. Enter the 36 mode.
b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment.
c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment.
d. The copier mode will adjust the lead edge position for all copies made in the VERY HIGH MODE. Copier collective will adjust all trays to the same
value. Pressing the next adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray. Note: After using the copier collective mode and the machine is
powered OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings.
e. Set an 11x17 original on the platen glass.
f. Press the copy screen button on the touchscreen. Note: The VERY HIGH light on the operation panel will go on to indicate this mode is being adjusted.
g. Select 11x17 for the paper size.
h. Press the start print button, and visually check the lead edge timing.
i. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen.
j. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press the
copy screen button and make a copy.
k. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved.
Standard:
Main body without rotation 3mm
Full system without rotation 4mm
Main body with rotation 4mm
Full system with rotation 6mm
l. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
Note the following, common problem, unable to adjust:
To perform the lead edge adjustment for all copies NOT utilizing the VERY HIGH mode (E-RDH memory), perform the following:
a. Enter the 36 mode.
b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment.
c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment.
d. Press the next adjustment button to scroll to (printer: collective). Note: This adjustment will adjust all trays to the same value. Pressing the next
adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray, or SIDE TWO. Note: After using the printer collective mode and the machine is powered
OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings.
e. Press the copy screen button on the touch screen.
f. Press the start print button, the machine will exit a self-generated 11x17 test chart. Visually check the lead edge timing.
g. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen.
h. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press
the copy screen button and make a copy.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

155

7060
i. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved.
Standard:
Main body without rotation 3mm
Full system without rotation 4mm
Main body with rotation 4mm
Full system with rotation 6mm
j. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation.
2. The adjustment value was changed by only one digit. Enter a value at least 10 higher, or 10 smaller, than the existing value. This will input a value that
will change the registration by approximately 1mm. This allows the change to be observed. Note: 1 step change = 0.1mm. Once the registration is close,
smaller values can be used to fine tune the image.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

156

7065
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

157

7065
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0609849EN*

Solution Usage

249

Description
F36-2 during initial warm-up.
Solution
CAUSE: Some early production main CBs are susceptible to experiencing this failure code during warm-up after being in low power mode.
SOLUTION: The 7065 main CB has been modified to correct this problem. Modified main CBs have a part number of 55TA-9015 or above. The main CB
can be replaced under an FTR program until January 31, 2002. Please reference 7065 Technical Bulletin #37 for complete program details.
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0609659EN*

Solution Usage

195

Description
DF312, intermittent double feeding.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Multi-feeding of originals has been determined to be caused by the pad material .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
The part number for the pad (p/n 129H-4580) remains unchanged because the design is the same; only the material has been changed. The Parts
Department inventory has been purged of all Type 2A pads and only Type 1 or Type 3 pads will be shipped.
2. Worn separator (DFP) pad.
A new style separator pad (p/n 129H-4580) and fanning spring (p/n129H45220) are available to prevent double feeding. These parts must be installed as a
set. The serial number cut-ins when the new parts were added to the machines during production are as follows:
7055 - 55WE04211
7065 - 55TE07923
Note:
1. The fanning spring tension has been decreased. The original fanning spring was 25.5mm in length. The new fanning spring is 22mm in length and may be
either gold or silver colored.
2. The pad material has changed. The current pad is gray; the new pad is white.
3. Under no circumstances should the new pad be cleaned with alcohol. Cleaning it with alcohol will increase the friction and no-feed jamming can result. If
alcohol is used accidentally, it may take 150 original feeds to correct the problem.
4. If the current fanning spring is used with the new pad, noise will be generated during original feed.
5. The torque limiter (p/n 129H-4740) must either be left in place or replaced if it was previously removed.
6. Both pickup springs (p/n 120A45470) must be installed if they were previously disengaged.
See DF312 Technical Bulletin #2 .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

158

7065
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0611832EN*

Solution Usage

126

Description
Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Timing error. If this issue is occurring, upgrade to minimum level 23.0 EPROMs.
Notes:
a. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe
v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]] for more information.
b. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Dipswitch 17-0
should be set to 1. Level 23.0 EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7065-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part
numbers:
Main CB
C1 (p/n 7065122-23.0)
C2 (p/n 7065123-23.0)
Image processing board
I1 (p/n 7065B29-13.0)
I2 (p/n 7065B30-13.0)
Operation Panel
O1 (p/n 7065216-21.0)
O2 (p/n 7065217-20.0)
O3 (p/n 7065212-20.0)
O4 (p/n 7065218-21.0)
Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0
EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines.
DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0)
FS106 remains at level 20.0
FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BA02-40.0)
2. A bind in the LCT and PFU components driven by the LCT paper feed motor (M140). Inspect mylar guide (p/n 55FA-4150) for damage. Replace as
necessary. Refer to the drive system diagrams in the service manual to determine which drive components to check. Do not lubricate bushings. Clean them
with alcohol. Ensure that drive belts are adjusted to the proper tension.
3. The movement of the lower paper exit guide (located in the reverse paper exit unit) is sluggish, due to a weak solenoid holder spring, or binding between
the shaft of the lower paper exit guide and the bushings, resulting in improper sensor actuation. To ensure proper movement of the lower paper exit guide,
perform the following:
a. Power the copier OFF.
b. Remove the reverse paper exit unit.
c. Inspect the solenoid holder spring for any signs of damage or weakness. Increase the tension, or replace the spring (p/n 55TA43240) as necessary.
d. Remove the e-clips (p/n 00Z670406) from each end of the lower paper exit guide shaft.
e. Remove and clean the paper feed delivery shaft bushings. Replace the paper feed delivery shaft bushings (p/n 466076020) as necessary.
f. Thoroughly, clean the ends of the lower paper exit guide shaft. Replace the lower paper exit guide shaft (p/n 55TA43090) as necessary.
4. Rick Kubal, Konica BT Minneapolis, has identified that the black idler rollers (p/n 55TA40160) are binding against the roller cutouts in paper feed guide
plate (A) (p/n 55FA40632). Reform the cutouts in the guide plate to ensure the idler rollers spin freely.
Solution ID

TAUS0609547EN*

Solution Usage

122

Description
Light copies, poor fill at setup.
Solution
CAUSE: Performing various setup adjustments out of sequence.
SOLUTION: Use the following procedures to ensure proper setup of a new machine.
COPIER ONLY SETUP
Order in which setup procedures are done is critical:
1. Charge Grid Voltage.
2. L-Detection.
3. Dmax.
4. LD1 and LD2 Offset (strive for the darkest density of the spec).
5. Sub Pitch Offset.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

159

7065
6. Perform Gamma Correction after all others are done.
Although, the density may appear weak at setup when compared to a model 7050 or 7150, it actually is within the technical specifications for this model. The
Engineering Department has analyzed numerous sample copies from the field on a densitometer. In all cases, the density met the technical specifications for
the model 7065. Differences will be noted in the density level when comparing 7050 print samples to a 7065. However, this difference is by design and is not
indicative of a problem with the 7065.
IF CONNECTING THE COPIER AS A PRINTER AT A LATER DATE, USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE:
Refer to Image Processor Manual Models IP302/IP302 PLUS/IP303 (6/99). The manual recommends on page 2-4, step #3, under Preparation, to perform the
47 mode, output code 18 adjustment (Gamma and Dmax together) prior to performing LD1 and LD2 Offset for 600dpi. If performed, an incorrect laser output
power reference results when Gamma is adjusted. Instead, the following order is recommended:
1. Use 47 mode, output code 120 to adjust the printer mode to be automatically set in the NOVRAM.
2. Dmax only for 600dpi. (47 mode, output code 113).
3. Perform all LD1 and LD2 offset adjustments for 600dpi, which includes "Thick Paper Gradation" (strive for the darkest density of the spec).
4. Perform Gamma Correction for 600dpi (47 mode, output code 114).
Note: A dirty Dmax sensor (located on the TCSB (Toner Control Sensor Board)) can also cause light copies. Verify that the sensor is clean before performing
the above adjustments.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0609423EN*

Solution Usage

65

Description
Latest EPROM level, 7065.
Solution
Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]]
7065 level 24.6 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
7065 level 24.5 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
7065 level 24.4 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
7065 level 24.1 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
FS108/FS108B level 41.0 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
7065 level 23 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. .
FS106 level 20.1 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. .
FS106 level 20 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
See DF312 Technical Bulletin #1 for information on DF312 EPROMs.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

160

7075
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

161

7075
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0620249EN*

Solution Usage

239

Description
Why toner/developer is spewing and falling onto the T/S corona resulting in light areas and marks/blotches on copies.
Solution
These symptoms can normally be corrected by following the recommendations as listed in the 7075/7085 Correction Checklist for Background and Spewing
and the Toner Spill Troubleshooting document.
IMPORTANT : The magnet angle area should be checked. If the part is cracked and developer is spilling out from the developing unit refer
toattachedBulletin Number 4832 for corrective measures.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free
from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0610779EN*

Solution Usage

117

Description
How to flash the 7075 firmware with the ISW Trns utility.
Solution
Note: To view some of the hyperlinks, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
PRECAUTIONS:
1. It is not recommended to perform the flash procedure with a laptop in battery mode. It is possible that weak batteries can corrupt the process. If flashing
causes erratic operation or unexpected displays, repeat the procedure two or three times.
2. If unable to access the 25 mode due to firmware failure, or circuit board replacement, access the non-graphical ISW mode by holding the HELP and
CHECK keys while powering on. If the LCD is blank and the timer LED is flashing the HELP and CHECK mode will not function. At this point, connect the
laptop and send the Image files while the machine is ON and the timer LED is flashing. Then follow the text instructions on the display.
To flash the firmware, perform the following:
SETTING UP THE ISW UTILITY
1. Obtain the ISW Utility from the Konica FTP site.
CAUTION: Read the ISW PDF prior to attempting a flash of the machine.
2. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop .
4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions.
5. Set up the folders for the BIN files.
6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware.
Notes:
a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7075 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Op panel
BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image Processing, Main Control, and DF313 BIN files.
b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA.
COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA)
Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC.
CONNECTING
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

162

7075
Connect a parallel interface cable to the ISW interface connector located in the front of the 7075 behind the toner hopper.
CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns
does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error
occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to disable ECP mode .
UPDATING
Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0613307EN*

Solution Usage

110

Description
Shadows (halo) around portions of the print and/or gray background. F29 failure code(s) may be indicated.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
1. Dust proof glass is dirty. Pull the drum carriage out until access to the dust proof glass is available. Remove the dust proof glass and clean it.
2. T/S wire cleaning assembly is not fully disengaging from the wire when at home position.
Install a redesigned separator cleaning assembly (p/n 55VA-2771). The assembly has been modified for a more positive disengagement of the cleaning
assembly.
3. Failed toner control sensor board (TCSB) or dirty sensor causing Dmax failure codes (check the data collection for F29 failure codes).
Clean or replace the toner control sensor board (p/n 55VA-9510), and perform the Dmax adjustment.
4. Copy quality adjustments have not been performed after developer replacement. Perform High Voltage and Drum Peculiarity adjustments in 36 mode.
5. Developer bias bearing resistance is high. Verify the resistance from the inner race to the outer race of the bearing does not exceed approximately 10
ohms while the sleeve is rotating. If necessary, replace the devleoper unit (p/n 55VA-3000).
6. The AC separation current was set incorrectly.
To increase the AC Separation current, perform the following:
a. Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys).
b. Select [1] Process Adjustment.
c. Select [1] High Voltage Adjustment.
d. High voltage adjustment consists of the following:
[1] High Voltage Auto Adjustment
[2] High Voltage Adjustment (Charge)
[3] High Voltage Adjustment (Transfer)
[4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC)
[5] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation DC)
[6] High Voltage Adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
[7] High Voltage Adjustment (Bias of development)
[8] Transfer Guide Confirm
e. Select [4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC).
f. Decrease the current value of 117 to 65 using the numeric keypad.
g. When the adjustment completes, the screen returns to the High Voltage Adjustment Screen.
h. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN.
i. Power OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode.
Note: This is not a standard adjustment and should be performed after all other options have been met.
Solution ID

TAUS0611311EN*

Solution Usage

109

Description
PLEASE LOAD 5.5x8.5 message when small size originals are placed on the platen.
Solution
The inability of the machine to default to 8.5x11 when small originals are placed on the platen is a limitation of the product. Paper size and magnification
ratios must be manually selected.
SOLUTION: To make it easier for a customer that copies large quantities of small originals from the platen, it is recommended to select the desired paper tray
and magnification ratio and then store the selections under a job in job memory. Whenever small originals are to be copied, the customer selects this job
from job memory which will eliminate making paper size and ratio selections for every copy.
Any requests for specification changes should be directed to our marketing department using the following URL:
http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/KoniNav/MKT
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

163

7075
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0614129EN*

Solution Usage

83

Description
SC56-04 after installing scanning firmware and IP601 system software.
Solution
CAUSE: Software switch 23-4 is not set to 1.
SOLUTION: To set software switch 23-4 to 1, perform the following:
1. Hold the 'P' button down until the message, Enter 4-digit Password To Change, is displayed.
Note: The button must be pressed for about 5 seconds before the message is indicated.
2. Enter the password 9272 and press the Start Print button.
Note: This is a fixed password and cannot be changed.
3. The selections below will be offered; select the 25 mode.
[1] Basic Screen
[2] 36 mode
[3] 25 mode
[4] Key Operator mode
[5] 47 mode
[6] Exit
4. Press item 1 Software SW setting.
5. Use the UP/DOWN ARROW keys to scroll to software dipswitch 23, bit 4 (23-4).
6. Press ON.
7. Press Mode Change and then EXIT to return to normal operation.

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

164

7085
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

165

7085
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0620249EN*

Solution Usage

239

Description
Why toner/developer is spewing and falling onto the T/S corona resulting in light areas and marks/blotches on copies.
Solution
These symptoms can normally be corrected by following the recommendations as listed in the 7075/7085 Correction Checklist for Background and Spewing
and the Toner Spill Troubleshooting document.
IMPORTANT : The magnet angle area should be checked. If the part is cracked and developer is spilling out from the developing unit refer
toattachedBulletin Number 4832 for corrective measures.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free
from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0627729EN*

Solution Usage

68

Description
E56-02 followed by a no power condition.
Solution
CAUSE: A failed image processing board.
SOLUTION: To diagnose, perform the following:
1. With the machine powered ON in 47 mode, measure the AC input to DC power supply 2. At the bottom of DC power supply 2, insert the meter leads into
the black and white connectors labeled FT3 and FT4. When the machine is powered ON, 208/230V AC should be measured. The voltage must be measured
with one meter lead in the black wire and the other lead in the white wire. Do not measure each individually to frame ground. If the correct voltage is
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

166

7085
measured, DC power supply 2 is defective and must be replaced (p/n 56GB84520).
2. If 0V AC is measured in step 1, check the voltage at CN900-1 and CN900-5 on the power supply management board. Each pin should have 5V DC.
3. Next, check CN903 pins 1-4 on the power supply management board. If no voltage is present, on any of the pins, the power supply management board is
defective and must be replaced (p/n 55VA-9130). If 5V DC is measured on all the pins, the image processing board is defective and must be replaced (p/n
56GA-9010).
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

167

7115
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

168

7115
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0622354EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
FK117, intermittently unable to print received faxes (the fax unit appears locked up).
Solution
CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required:
SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to level 6.37. See M20040029A1 for firmware correction.
Notes:
1. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
2. The latest firmware is available at [[http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms| URL http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms]].
3. To temporarily resolve the lock up, initialize SRAM (received faxes in memory will be lost). To initialize SRAM perform the following:
a. Press Initial Set. Machine Setting will be displayed.
b. Press Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. Service Mode will be displayed.
c. Press the up arrow once. Clear Data will be displayed.
d. Press Yes. Clear Data DRAM will be displayed.
e. Press the down arrow once. Clear Data SRAM will displayed.
f. Press Yes twice.
g. Press Auto Reset to return to normal mode.
Note: There are two methods upgrade the firmware version, via fax to fax or PC to serial port.
* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

169

7115
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

170

7118
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

171

7118
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0800962EN*

Solution Usage

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

41

February 2013

172

7118
Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

173

7130
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

174

7130
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

175

7130
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

176

7135
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

177

7135
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0611568EN*

Solution Usage

84

Description
DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
Solution
CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in
a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF.
SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following:
1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on
the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear
side.
2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water,
or an anti-static cleaner.
3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass.
4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure.
The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure
might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass.
After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The
position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller.
CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies.
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

178

7135
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By
moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan
glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination.
The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50.
It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ
POINT ADJUSTMENT.
Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting
on page 4-45.
CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF.
Notes :
a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier.
b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

179

7145
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

180

7145
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0621489EN*

Solution Usage

110

Solution Usage

86

Description
F35-xx codes at power up.
Solution
CAUSE: Failed fuser lamps (L2), and (L3).
SOLUTION: Replace L2 (p/n 40LE83020) and L3 (p/n 40LE83030).
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0622567EN*

Solution Usage

65

Solution Usage

55

Description
Intermittent E56-01.
Solution
The main CB has been modified to prevent this code .
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0630888EN*

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

181

7145
Description
There is now a type 1 and type 2 System Control board available for the model 7145. There is System Control firmware for each type board, be sure to use
the correct version of firmware for the correct type System Control board.
Solution
To identify if the System Control board as type 1 or type 2, view the ROM version in the 25 mode. System Control Board Type (type1 or type2) will be
displayed on operation panel.
System Control board (p/n 40LA-930x) is a type 1 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 32 or lower.
System Control board (p/n 40L0-930x) is a type 2 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 41 or higher.
Note: ISW tool Ver. 3.48 is available for the new style board.
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

182

7150
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

183

7150
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0606167EN*

Solution Usage

136

Description
EPROM history, 7150.
Solution
EPROM history, 7150 .
Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]]
See 7150 EPROM Release Notification version 21.2 .
See 7150 EPROM Release Notification version 21.3 .
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
See 7150 Technical Bulletin #8A for more details on the new features of Level 14.0 EPROMs.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0608665EN*

Solution Usage

70

Description
No power.
Solution
PROBABLE CAUSES:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

184

7150
1. The DCPS has failed. To check the DCPS, perform the following:
a. With the main switch (SW1) ON, check for 115V AC at CN397-1 and CN397-2 on the DCPS.
b. If present, check for 24V DC at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS.
c. If not present, power the machine OFF and remove all connectors from the DCPS except CN395, CN396, CN397, CN398 and CN8 power the machine
ON.
d. Check for 24V DC on the bare pins at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS.
e. If voltages are still not present, power machine OFF disconnect CN5 and check for 5V DC on the bare pins at CN8-10 and CN8-9 on the DCPS.
f. If 5V DC is still not present, replace the DCPS (p/n 55FA84511).
2. Either IC 22 or IC 23, which are located on the main CB is not firmly seated. This results in the DCPS not receiving the RL1 control signal at CN8-4, which
originates at CN60-B7 on the main CB. As a result, the DCPS is not energized. Visually inspect both IC22 and IC23, ensure that all the EPROM legs are
properly inserted into the main CB, then reseat both IC22 and IC23.
3. The connector that plugs into CN4, on the main CB, is missing. CN4-1 and CN4-2 are 5V DC inputs that come from the DCPS board CN8-10 and CN8-9.
The Copier will not power up without this 5V DC input to the main CB.
Note: Although this problem is extremely rare, it has been confirmed with one machine in the field at setup. If you have a machine that has this problem,
please submit a new problem through Expert Web* including serial number and meter reading. These submissions will allow proper tracking of field impact.
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0607455EN*

Solution Usage

67

Description
FS103B, not recognized. Paper jams at the entrance of the finisher, but no jam code is indicated.
Solution
CAUSE: The copier needs an EPROM level upgrade to provide recognition of the FS103B finisher.
SOLUTION: Upgrade the EPROMs to latest level 7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROMs or the latest level 7150 tandem copier EPROMs .
Internal Link for Faxing/Printing [[7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]] or the [[7150
tandem copier EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150t.txt]]
Further information is available in the Info Source publication to dealers, released 12/11/98, issue no. 82-98.
Solution ID

TAUS0606788EN*

Solution Usage

56

Description
NO TABLE DATA. UNDEFINED SCREEN CODE 1003H message when Universal tray is selected.
Solution
CAUSE: Incorrect EPROMs installed on the operation panel board.
SOLUTION: Install the minimum of level 12 EPROMs (available from Konica's website as 7150-12A.EXE and through the Parts Distribution Center).
Main C B
IC22 (p/n 7150122-12.0)
IC23 (p/n 7150123-12.0)
Operation panel
ROM1, IC16 (p/n 7150216-14.0)
ROM2, IC17 (p/n 7150217-13.0)
ROM3, IC12 (p/n 7150212-13.0)
ROM4, IC18 (p/n 7150218-13.0)
Image processing board
IC29 (p/n 7150B9-11.0)
IC30 (p/n 7150B0-11.0)
The above list is the minimum configuration.
Level 12 enhancements:
Corrects problem (unique to level 11) when interrupt job completes, the remainder of the original or interrupted job is lost or cleared.
Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]]
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

185

7150

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

186

7155
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

187

7155
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0617230EN*

Solution Usage

92

Solution Usage

86

Description
How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass.
Solution
To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher.
2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen.
Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed.
3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key.
4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen.
5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time.
6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen.
7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times.
8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)].
9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting.
10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0620306EN*

Solution Usage

63

Description
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

188

7155
Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona
contamination and other copy quality defects.
Solution
CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions:
1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added,
eventually resulting in toner leakage.
2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the
developer and causes toner to leak.
3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies.
As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked)
charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited
onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies.
SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to
help resolve the problem.
To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details.
NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity
areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information.
CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover .
Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0617452EN*

Solution Usage

60

Description
DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in.
Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows:
7155 56EE00462 and above do not requrie the modification
7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

189

7165
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

190

7165
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0620244EN*

Solution Usage

124

Description
Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona
contamination and other copy quality defects.
Solution
CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions:
1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added,
eventually resulting in toner leakage.
2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the
developer and causes toner to leak.
3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies.
As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked)
charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited
onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies.
SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to
help resolve the problem.
To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details.
NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity
areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information.
CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover .
Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

191

7165
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0617397EN*

Solution Usage

78

Description
DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic feeding operation.
Solution
CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 .
Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in.
Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows:
7155 56EE00462 and above do not require the modification
7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0616459EN*

Solution Usage

70

Solution Usage

54

Description
How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass.
Solution
To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following:
1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher.
2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen.
Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed.
3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key.
4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen.
5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time.
6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen.
7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times.
8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)].
9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting.
10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

192

7216
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0800962EN*

Solution Usage

41

Solution Usage

26

Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0801765EN*

Description
FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.
Solution
CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick.
SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

193

7218
Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0800962EN*

Solution Usage

41

Solution Usage

26

Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0801765EN*

Description
FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.
Solution
CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick.
SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.).
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

194

7220
Solution ID

TAUS0628956EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
FK118, unable to receive faxes, but able to send.
Solution
CAUSE: Ring Frequency detection is set to low and Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle is disabled.
SOLUTION: Change soft switch 6 (Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle(ms)) default is 06=00000000
some of the switchs may have been changed, make all zeros, next soft switch, 09 switch (Ring Frequency detection)
09=00000000 change to 09=10000000 to 20-75Hz, bit 8.
Solution ID

TAUS0630321EN*

Description
FK118, how to change the default Transmission Mode to ADF Tx instead of Memory Tx.
Solution
To change the default Transmission Mode, perform the following:
1. Press the Utility button 7 times. TX Operation will display.
2.. Press Yes.
3. Press the down arrow until Default Tx displays.
4. Press Yes.
5. Press the right arrow so that the star (*) is next to ADF Tx.
6. Press Yes to save the setting. Press Panel Reset to return to normal mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0641225EN*

Description
Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals.
Solution
CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic
insulating material around the terminal to melt.
SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details.
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0641541EN*

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Solution Usage

Description
When scanning mixed originals to box, the retrieved documents are rotated when viewed.
Solution
CAUSE: An incorrect original direction default is chosen.
SOLUTION: To change the original direction default, perform the following:
1. Access the Key Operator mode.
2. Select Scanner.
3. Select Initial setting.
4. Scroll down to Orig. direction default.
5. Select EDIT until the desired default is displayed.
6. Select RETURN three times to return to copier mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0644077EN*

Description
FK102, 'Please load A4R' message when receiving.
Solution
CAUSE: Destination switchover in the dipswitches is set incorrectly for metric or Japan.
SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and select 1. Software dipswitches. 5-0 to 1 and 5-1 to 0 for (inch).
Solution ID

TAUS0644206EN*

Description
No finisher indicated; rotate and sort are grayed out.
Solution
CAUSE: DSW for finisher isolation has been enabled to 1 (ON).
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

195

7220
SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and 1. Software dipswitch, bit 20, switch 4 to 0 for OFF.
Note: Rotate and Sort will be grayed out if the finisher is set for isolation. The FS should be removed completely to use the sort and rotate mode.
Solution ID

TAUS0644298EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Information for parts number - Control Panel.
Solution
See KOM050583 for details.
Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0644316EN*

Solution Usage

Description
Part number for parts of hopper unit.
Solution
See KOM050662 for details.
Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0647840EN*

Solution Usage

Description
NIC F/W ver.2.07 for NC6 and KN419.
Solution
See DLBT0501588EN00 for details.
Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information
Solution ID

TAUS0648500EN*

Solution Usage

Description
AFR19 and DF321 distortion problem.
Solution
Refer to bulletin 5033 details.
Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at:
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
* Trademark ownership information

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

196

7222
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

197

7222
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0800962EN*

Solution Usage

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

41

February 2013

198

7222
Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

199

7228
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms:
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized.
3. C-E084 error code.
4. Cannot PING the MFP.
5. C-D203 error code.
6. Display resetting to Japanese.
7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade.
8. C-E002 error code.
9. Scan to E-mail or FTP.
10. Loss of adjustment data.
11. Total counter is reset.
12. Display TCR adjustment.
13. C-284x error code.
bizhub 600/750
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

200

7228
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo.
2. Cannot recognize document feeder.
3. Error code SC2203 .
7145/7255
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Blank screen.
2. Loss of E-mail addresses.
3. Loss of settings.
4. Error code E56-01 .
Ordering Procedures
Call the SSDContact Support Centerat 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket.
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Contact Support Center and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received
without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Access the online ordering program on MyKonicaMinolta.com.
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program.
Updates/Status
Call Logistics at 201-818-3515.
Notes :
a. Refer to the attachedrevised Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletincontains information concerning many of the newer models.
b. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.

Solution ID

TAUS0701604EN*

Solution Usage

86

Description
NVRAM/BRU replacement form.
Solution
The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed.
Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an
established problem ticket number the request will be denied.
Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES
NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem.
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com:
1. Login to MKM.com.
2. Select the Service tab.
3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen).
4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen).
5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0656768EN*

Solution Usage

54

Description
What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
Solution
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners.
For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement:
"The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with
minor issues."
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly.
Notes :
1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista.
2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site
(http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,
Firmware and more'.
3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html
4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe
Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at:
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID

TAUS0800962EN*

Solution Usage

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

41

February 2013

201

7228
Description
SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.
Solution
CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server.
SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list.
1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall.
2.Select Exceptions and Add Port.
3.Add a name and Port number.
4.Click on Change Scope.
5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception.
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD

Copyright 2012, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

February 2013

202

7235
Solution ID

TAUS0700453EN*

Solution Usage

1020

Description
NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems andinformation concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU.
Solution
bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450
NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure can
be used to address these codes:
Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, *
What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to
the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times.
WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the
MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case,
then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set.
Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms:
1. Stuck on hourglass screen
2. Incorrect meters
3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves
Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a
quality power line conditioner on these machines.
Known fixes for various codes:
C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model).
If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode.
CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before
performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This
is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input.
8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102
Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU.
Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable.
8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500
The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB
into Konica Minolta to be reset.
Known defective NVRAM symptoms:
1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high.
2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON.
Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This
will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition.
bizhub 200/250/350
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
1. Machine not going to ready state.
2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP.
3. Not scanning to E-mail.
4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a .
5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 .
6. Not printing.
7. Machine rebooting every few minutes.
8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo.
9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF.
bizhub 420/500
Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary:
Note : First try to flash th